Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Ver.1.0
LTE eNB
Command Description_SLR2.3
COPYRIGHT
This manual is proprietary to SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd. and is protected by copyright.
No information contained herein may be copied, translated, transcribed or duplicated for any commercial
purposes or disclosed to the third party in any form without the prior written consent of SAMSUNG Electronics
Co., Ltd.
TRADEMARKS
Product names mentioned in this manual may be trademarks and/or registered trademarks of their respective
companies.
This manual should be read and used as a guideline for properly installing and operating the product.
This manual may be changed for the system improvement, standardization and other technical reasons without prior
notice.
If you need updated manuals or have any questions concerning the contents of the manuals, contact our Document
Center at the following address or Web site:
Address: Document C enter 3rd F loor J eong-bo-tong-sin-dong. Dong-Suwon P.O. B ox 1 05, 4 16, Maetan-3dong
Yeongtong-gu, Suwon-si, Gyeonggi-do, Korea 442-600
Homepage: http://www.samsungdocs.com
INTRODUCTION
Purpose
This manual provides descriptions on the LTE eNB command.
Revision History
Version Date of Issue Remark
1.0 09. 2012. First Edition
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Command Description
Command Format
RTRV-BKCM-SESS;
Command Description
Retrieves the last execution result in the Bulk CM session. The user can retrieve the session ID,
session execution state and detailed execution session state.
TIMEOUT 30
Command Format
RTRV-CALL-STS: CELL_NUM, [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves E-RAB (E-Utran Radio Access Bearer) by QCI [QoS (Quality of Service) Class Iden-
tifier] of the calls in a cell. The command displays the cumulative E-RAB count for 256 QCIs
per cell.
TIMEOUT 10
QCI QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs
defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use
QCI values 0 and 10-255.
DRB_CNT The number of E-RABs (E-Utran Radio Access Bearers) set per
QCI.
Command Format
CHG-CELL-CONF: CELL_NUM, [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];
Command Description
Changes the cell ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE parameter. The user can enter CELL_NUM to
select the cell to be changed. The user can control the cells service by changing the
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE parameter of the cell to locked, unlocked or shuttingDown. When
a cell is set to locked, the cell terminates the current call and stops servicing calls. When a cell is
set to unlocked, the cell starts call services. When a cell is set to shuttingDown, the cell stops
receiving further call service requests. When the current call process is complete, the cell enters
the unlocked state and does not service any calls.
TIMEOUT 10
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The administrative state of the cell configured by the user. The
initial value is locked when growing the system. This can be
changed later by the user.
- locked: A transitional state in the cell grow/degrow process.
In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services
are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the
unlocked state so that a call service can be offered.
- unlocked: The cell growth is complete. The grown resources
are available in the PLD to offer a call service.
- shuttingDown: A transitional state in the cell degrowth pro-
cess. In this state, the grown resources in the PLD continue to
offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but does not
offer any new call services. When the current call service is
complete, the resources automatically change to the locked
state.
Command Format
CHG-SYS-CONF: [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];
Command Description
Changes the system ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE parameter. The user can control the systems
service by changing the ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE parameter of the system to locked,
unlocked or shuttingDown. When a system is set to locked, the system terminates the current
call and stops servicing calls. When a system is set to unlocked, the system starts call services.
When a system is set to shuttingDown, the system stops receiving further call service requests.
When the current call process is complete, the system enters the unlocked state and does not ser-
vice any calls.
TIMEOUT 10
cess. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call
services are offered. The user can delete resources or change
them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered.
- unlocked: The system resource growth is complete. The
grown resources are available in the PLD to offer a call service.
- shuttingDown: A transitional state in the system resource
degrowth process. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD
and continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked
state but no call services are offered. When the current call ser-
vice is complete, the resources automatically change to the
locked state.
Command Format
UPLD-CONF-FILE: [DATA_FILE_REF], [MO_XPATH];
Command Description
Uploads the data stored in the System system database to the EMS in XML format. The user
must enter the path of the EMS data file in the DATA_FILE_REFERENCE parameter. To upload
only part of the data, the data name must be specified in the MO_XPATH parameter. If this
parameter is not specified, the entire data in the System database is included in the XML file for
uploading. When the System system receives this command, it sends a response to the EMS
immediately. When the upload is complete, a separate notification is sent to the EMS. When the
upload is successfully complete, the user can see the XML data file in the specified EMS direc-
tory.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RST-PLD: PLD_BACKUP_FILE_REF, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Restores the database by applying the backup database stored in the EMS to the System. In the
PLD_BACKUP_FILE_REF parameter, the user must enter the file name and location where the
backup database is to be stored in the EMS. If it is not entered, an error occurs. The user can give
any value to the INVOCATION_ID parameter. This value is included in the result notification
after the command execution. If the same command is executed by more than one user, this is
useful for identifying the users who executed the command. When the System system receives
this command, it sends a response to the EMS immediately. When the restore is complete, a sep-
arate notification is sent to the EMS. The backup database is a tar of the binary data files consti-
tuting the database compressed in the GZIP format. Note that a system error may occur if the
user specify a file other than the backup database.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
BKUP-PLD: [PLD_BACKUP_FILE_REF], [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Backs up the System database to the EMS. In the PLD_BACKUP_FILE_REF parameter, the
user must enter the file name and location where the backup database is to be stored in the EMS.
If nothing is entered, the default directory and file name are specified automatically as follows:
- Directory: /log/bak/pld/{neTYPE}/{neID}.
- File name: {neTYPE}{neID}.yyyymmdd-hhMMss.backup.db.tar.gz.
- File information: yyyy: Year, mm: Month, dd: Day, hh: Hour, MM: Minute, ss: Second. The
user can give any value to the INVOCATION_ID parameter. This value is included in the result
notification after the command execution. If the same command is executed by more than one
user, this is useful for identifying the users who executed the command. When the System sys-
tem receives this command, it sends a response to the EMS immediately. When the backup is
complete, a separate notification is sent to the EMS. The backup database is a tar of the binary
data files constituting the database compressed in the GZIP format.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
IMPT-CONF-FILE: PLD_IMPORT_FILE_REF, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Import EMS XML PLD file to the System.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
EXPT-CONF-FILE: [PLD_EXPORT_FILE_REF], [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Export Xml file of System PLD to the EMS storage
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
UDT-FW-BAT: BATCH_FILE, [APPLY_ACTION], [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Applies the firmware in a batch format. If this command is executed, the NE downloads the
batch file specified by the parameter and starts applying the firmware files included in the batch
file. Devices are applied directly to the main board while firmware files are applied to the sub
boards in parallel. After applying the firmware, the user must reset the target unit to run the
applied firmware. Before executing this command, the DNLD-FW(-BAT) command must be
executed in advance and all the specified firmware files must be downloaded to the NE.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
UDT-PKG: PACKAGE_VERSION, RELEASE_VERSION, ACTIVATION_MODE, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Applies a package to the NE. The package can be applied in two methods. The first is the online
upgrade method. This upgrade method does not restart the entire system but only restarts the
software components when upgrading them. The advantage is the short activation time, but this
method cannot be used when there are changes to the operating system or the firmware. The sec-
ond method is upgrade by rebooting. This upgrade method reboots the entire system. The disad-
vantage is the long activation time, but this method guarantees stable upgrading. Before
executing this command, the DNLD-PKG command must be executed at least once and two or
more versions of the package must be available in the NE.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
UDT-SW: SW_UNIT_NAME, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Applies the software unit to NE. The software unit can be applied in two methods. The first
method is to apply the software unit to data files. This usually involves applying files stored in
the storage, for example configuration files. When the command is executed for these files, the
new files replace the old files. The data files are then applied after the NE restarts. The second
method involves applying the software unit running in demon. This replaces the runnable soft-
ware units with new software unit and restarts it. Before executing this command, the DNLD-
SW(-BAT) command must be executed in advance.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
UDT-SW-BAT: BATCH_FILE, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Applies the software unit in batch format. If this command is executed, the NE downloads the
batch file specified by the parameter and starts applying the software unit included in the batch
file. The software unit running on the main board is updated on the main board and the software
unit running on the sub board is updated on the sub board. The software unit running both on the
main board and on the sub board is updated on the both boards simultaneously. Before executing
this command, the DNLD-SW(-BAT) command must be executed in advance and the specified
software unit must be downloaded to the NE.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-ACT-SW: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the currently activated software unit. The software units included in the software list
are either data units or active units. The data units are stored in the disk for reference by active
software units and the active units run as demons on the eNB. This command can be used for
retrieving the status of the software units running as demons.
TIMEOUT 20
PRC_UNIT_ID The ID of the processor unit where the active software unit is
running.
processor unit. (The list order is the same as the order of the
active software unit in the software list.)
NAME The name of the disk where the active software unit is stored.
SIZE The file size of the software unit existing as a file. (The file can
be validated by the size value.)
CHKSUM The checksum value of the software unit existing as a file (the
file can be validated by the chksum value).
VERSION The package version of the software unit existing as a file. (The
file is validated by the version value.)
RELVER The release version of the software unit existing as a file. (The
file can be validated by the relver value.)
Command Format
CHG-ENV-INF: ENV_NAME, [ENV_VALUE];
Command Description
Changes environment variables of the NE. If only envName is specified, the selected envName
is deleted from the environment variables. If both envName and envValue are specified, the
specified environment information is recorded in the flash memory.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
DNLD-FW: FW_UNIT_NAME, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Downloads the firmware file to the NE. Firmwares such as Booter, Kernel, RFS, RFS_RAW,
RU/RRH, IF-FPGA, post, EPLD, and GPS can be downloaded to the NE as well as to various
devices included in the NE.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
DNLD-FW-BAT: BATCH_FILE, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Downloads the firmware recorded in the batch file on the main board of the NE. This command
downloads firmware files to the NE. Firmwares such as Booter, Kernel, RFS, RFS_RAW, RU/
RRH, IF-FPGA, post, EPLD, and GPS can be downloaded to the NE as well as to various
devices included in the NE.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
DNLD-PKG: PACKAGE_VERSION, RELEASE_VERSION, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Downloads the package. The user must enter the package version and release version to down-
load the package. When the software units of the new package are downloaded, the database
managed by the NE is automatically migrated into the new package's database. This procedure
ensures that the configuration information in the older version of the NE is maintained in the
new package.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
DNLD-SW: SW_UNIT_NAME, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Downloads the software unit to the system. When a software patch for the system is distributed,
this command is used for downloading the necessary software unit to apply the patch. The soft-
ware units available for download to the NE are included in the software list. A software unit not
included in the software list cannot be downloaded.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
DNLD-SW-BAT: BATCH_FILE, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Downloads the software unit included in a batch file. When a software patch for the system is
distributed, the software unit necessary for applying the patch is included in a batch file and
downloaded on the main board of the NE. The software unit available for download to the NE is
included in the software list. A software unit not included in the software list cannot be down-
loaded.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-ENV-INF;
Command Description
Retrieves the environment information of the NE. This command is used for retrieving all envi-
ronment information recorded in the flash memory.
TIMEOUT 20
Command Format
RTRV-PRC-FW: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID], [LOC_TYPE];
Command Description
Retrieves the firmware version of the processor unit. The retrieved information is stored in the
flash memory. The following firmware types are available for the processor unit: BOOTER,
KERNEL, RFS_RAW, RFS, POST, IF-FPGA, CLOCK_CPLD, and CTRL_CPLD.
TIMEOUT 20
PRC_UNIT_ID The board ID of the processor unit where the firmware version
is retrieved. (If not ID is specified, all unit IDs are selected.)
LOC_TYPE The type of the location where the firmware version is retrieved
(if no location is specified, both the version stored in the flash
VERSION The package version of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The
file can be validated.)
REL_VER The release version of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The
file can be validated.)
FILE_SIZE The file size value of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The
firmware can be validated.)
CHKSUM The checksum value of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The
firmware can be validated.)
BUILD_TIME The build date of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The build
date of the firmware can be checked.)
Command Format
RTRV-PRC-INVT: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the inventory information of the processor unit. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has
its unique inventory information which includes the serial number, hardware/firmware version,
unit type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inventory information suggested by
TS32.692 can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 20
PRC_UNIT_ID The board ID of the processor unit where the firmware version
is retrieved. (If not ID is specified, all unit IDs are selected.)
TYPE_NUM The vendor type number of the inventory unit (the same unit
unique number as PBA_ID).
INSTALL_DATE The installation date of the inventory unit (the date the unit was
installed on the field).
Command Format
UPLD-INVT: FILE_NAME, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Upload files which exported inventory information to Management System.
TIMEOUT 20
Command Format
RTRV-PKG-VER;
Command Description
Retrieves the package version. A software package has its unique version according to its func-
tions and features. This command can be used for verifying the software package running on the
NE. There are two types of version information: package version and release version. The pack-
age version is determined by the main features provided by the NE. When features are added or
changed, most of them are no longer compatible with the previous functions and therefore the
package must be upgraded. The release version is used as an auxiliary identifier when a revision
is made in the same package version.
TIMEOUT 20
PKG_VER The package version of the currently active package in the NE.
REL_VER The release version of the currently active package in the NE.
Command Format
DLT-PASV-PKG;
Command Description
Delete all the system passive package version
TIMEOUT 20
Command Format
INIT-SYS: [RESET_MODE], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Resets the system. Two methods are available for the system reset. The first is a software reset
which resets the software without disconnecting the power. The second is a hardware reset
which involves disconnecting the power and connecting it back.(The systems which do not have
hardware reset are not supported.)
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
INIT-PRC: PRC_UNIT_TYPE, [PRC_UNIT_ID], [RESET_MODE];
Command Description
Resets the processor unit of the system. Two methods are available for the system reset. The first
is a software reset which resets the software without disconnecting the power. The second is a
hardware reset which involves disconnecting the power and connecting it back.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
INIT-SW: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID], [SW_UNIT_NAME];
Command Description
Resets the software unit. The software unit only running on the main board is reset on the main
board and the software unit only running on the sub board is reset on the sub board. The software
unit running on both the main board and the sub board is reset on both the main board and the
sub board.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-SW-INF: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the software unit information. Each software unit downloaded to the eNB has a unique
version number assigned by the image creation system for software image creation. The soft-
ware version retrieval function extracts and displays the unique version of each software unit.
This command is used for checking whether appropriate software units are running on appropri-
ate boards.
TIMEOUT 20
PRC_UNIT_ID The board ID of the processor unit for which the software ver-
sion is retrieved.
SIZE The size on the disk of the software unit existing as a file
INSTALL_TIME The time at which the software unit is downloaded to the eNB
and stored in the package directory.
Command Format
RTRV-DIR-INF: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];
Command Description
List up all the directory information stored at
TIMEOUT 60
INSTALL_TIME The time when the software unit was stored on that System.
Time format: -> YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss (e.g,) 2009-05-
23T11:23:55
VERSION Version string on the software unit. Version format -> A.B.C
Command Format
RTRV-LDTIME-INF: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];
Command Description
List up loading time information
TIMEOUT 60
START_TIME The time when the loading start. Time format: -> YYYY-MM-
DDThh:mm:ss (e.g,) 2009-05-23T11:23:55
END_TIME The time when the loading end. Time format: -> YYYY-MM-
DDThh:mm:ss (e.g,) 2009-05-23T11:23:55
Command Format
UDT-FW: FW_UNIT_NAME, APPLY_UNIT_TYPE, APPLY_UNIT_ID, [APPLY_SIDE],
[APPLY_ACTION], [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Updates the firmware. This command is used for applying the downloaded eNB firmware unit to
the actual Flash memory or the target device unit. When the command is executed, the specified
firmware is verified first and then it is applied to the Flash memory or to the specified device
unit through the specified proprietary interface. After applying the firmware, the user must reset
the target unit to run the applied firmware.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-PSU-INVT: CONN_BD_ID, CONN_PORT_ID, CASCADE_ID;
Command Description
Retrieves the inventory information of the PSU unit. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its
unique inventory information which includes the serial number, hardware/firmware version, unit
type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inventory information suggested by TS32.692
can be retrieved
TIMEOUT 20
TYPE_NUM The vendor type number of the inventory unit (the same unit
INSTALL_DATE The installation date of the inventory unit (the date the unit was
installed on the field).
Command Format
INIT-RRH: [CONN_BD_ID], [CONN_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_ID];
Command Description
Resets the RRH of the eNB. The RRH reset is done by the VSS reset. One or multiple RRHs can
be reset.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
UDT-RRH-FW: FW_UNIT_NAME, [CONN_BD_ID], [CONN_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_ID],
[APPLY_ACTION], [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Updates the RRH firmware. If this command is executed, the specified firmware is verified first
and then applied to the RRH through the specified proprietary interface. After applying the firm-
ware, the user must reset the target unit to run the applied firmware.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
UDT-PSU-FW: FW_UNIT_NAME, CONN_BD_ID, CONN_PORT_ID, CASCADE_ID,
[INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Updates the PSU firmware. If this command is executed, the specified firmware is verified first
and then applied to the PSU through the specified proprietary interface.After applying the firm-
ware, the user must reset the target unit to run the applied firmware.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-RRH-INVT: [CONN_BD_ID], [CONN_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the inventory information of the RRH unit. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its
unique inventory information which includes the serial number, hardware/firmware version, unit
type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inventory information suggested by TS32.692
can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 20
CONN_PORT_ID The port ID of the board connected to the RHH for which the
firmware version is retrieved.
TYPE_NUM The vendor type number of the inventory unit (the same unit
unique number as PBA_ID).
INSTALL_DATE The installation date of the inventory unit (the date the unit was
installed on the field).
Command Format
RTRV-GPS-INVT;
Command Description
Retrieves the inventory information of the GPS unit. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its
unique inventory information which includes the serial number, hardware/firmware version, unit
type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inventory information suggested by TS32.692
can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 20
TYPE_NUM The vendor type number of the inventory unit (the same unit
unique number as PBA_ID).
INSTALL_DATE The installation date of the inventory unit (the date the unit was
installed on the field).
Command Format
RTRV-SFP-INVT;
Command Description
Retrieves the inventory information of the SFP module which is an optic module of the eNB.
Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its unique inventory information which includes the serial
number, hardware/firmware version, unit type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inven-
tory information suggested by TS32.692 can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 20
PRC_UNIT_ID The ID of the processor unit for which the inventory informa-
tion is retrieved.
TYPE_NUM The vendor type number of the inventory unit (the same unit
unique number as BA_ID).
INSTALL_DATE The installation date of the inventory unit (the date the unit was
installed on the field).
Command Format
INIT-DSP: [BD_ID], [DSP_ID];
Command Description
Resets the DSP. The DSP reset is done by disconnecting the power and connecting it back to the
DSP. One or multiple DSPs can be reset.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
INIT-GPS;
Command Description
Resets the GPS. The GPS reset is done by disconnecting the power and connecting it back to
GPS.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
INIT-SCTP: TYPE, INDEX;
Command Description
Reset SCTP.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-FILE-LIST: [ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the list of NE files. The NE can create the following 8 categories of files, which can be
retrieved by this command. The files created in the NE are uploaded to the EMS and then
deleted. If all the files uploaded to EMS, command execution result can be empty(NO DATA).
- CG: Charging files.
- CM: Configuration files (except for inventory).
- CT: Call trace files (subscriber and equipment trace).
- IM: Inventory management files.
- NL: Notification log files.
- OT: Other files.
- PM: Performance data files.
- TE: Test management files.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
ID The list ID of the file created by the NE. If 0 ~ 127 NONE 0
no ID is entered, all files are selected.
EXPIRATION_TIME The expiration time of the file created. (The file is automatically
deleted after the expiration time.)
Command Format
START-MEAS;
Command Description
The command changes OPM_SUSPEND, which is statistic collecting status, to OPM_ACTIVE.
When the statistic collecting status is OPM_SUSPEND, no data will be collected. NOK will be
returned when you execute the command if its formal status was OPM_ACTIVE.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
STOP-MEAS;
Command Description
The command changes OPM_ACTIVE, which is statistic collecting status, to OPM_SUSPEND.
When the statistic collecting status is OPM_SUSPEND, no data will be collected. NOK will be
returned when you execute the command if its formal status was OPM_SUSPEND.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-MEAS-JOB;
Command Description
The command retrieves statistic collecting status (OPM_ACTIVE/OPM_SUSPEND), each fam-
ily collecting status (OPM_ENABLE, OPM_DISABLE) and statistic data collecting period.
When statistic collecting status is OPM_SUSPEND, no data will be collected. Statistic data of
the family that collecting status is OPM_DISABLE will not be collected even though its statistic
collecting status is OPM_ACTIVE. The family which is not collected will be printed ND
regardless of occurring real data when you retrieve statistics in EMS.
TIMEOUT 30
Command Format
CHG-MEAS-JOB: FAMILY_ID, [STATUS];
Command Description
Change statistics collection status (OPM_ENABLE, OPM_DISABLE) of family
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-MEAS-FILEDATA;
Command Description
The command retrieve information relating to mesurement file backup. The user can retrieve
disk usage threshold, measurement file backup time and etc.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-MEAS-FILEDATA: [DISK_USAGE_THR], [BACKUP_TIME_THR], [BACKUP_MODE];
Command Description
The command change information relating to mesurement file backup. The user can change disk
usage threshold, measurement file backup time and etc.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
TEST-IPING: UNIT_ID;
Command Description
Performs the internal ping test which tests the IPC (inter processor communication) paths
between the main and sub processors. It performs the ping test on the master board of the
selected eNB for the CPU of UNIT_TYPE and UNIT_ID (destination) specified by the user and
then returns the ping test result. When there is a ping echo reply, the test result is returned as nor-
mal.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
TEST-EPING: DST_IP_VER, [DST_IP_ADDR_V4], [DST_IP_ADDR_V6], [DSCP], [PKT_SIZE],
[PKT_PER_SEC], [TRY_SEC];
Command Description
Performs the external ping test for the network connection between the system and external
hosts. The external ping test generates Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packets to
monitor the performance of the external interface (Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet) and returns
frame delay, frame delay min, max, avg and frame loss. The user can perform the external ping
test and determine that the external interface is working properly if the test result shows that
there is no packet loss. The delay in the test result indicates the round trip time (from time sent to
time received). The user can check min, max, avg and variance of the packet delay.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
MON-TEST: [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the on-going tests in the eNB. This command is used for retrieving tests related to the
TM. Note that this command is not used for retrieving online tests because the RTRV-TEST-
LIST command can be used for retrieving the scheduler registration status. When a test com-
mand is executed, it is added to the monitor test list; when the test is complete and the result noti-
fication message is sent, the command is deleted from the monitor test list. Once it is deleted, the
command cannot be retrieved by the monitor test command. If there is no on-going test com-
mand, the command displays 'NO_DATA'.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
INVOCATION_ID The ID assigned when the command is 0 ~ 128 NONE 0
executed in the LSM or the CLI. At the
time the command is executed, the small-
est number among the invocation IDs
managed by the TM is assigned. When
executing MON-TEST, enter an invoca-
tion ID to display the command list for the
ID. If none is entered, the entire command
list is displayed.
STATE The command state at the time of retrieval by the monitor test
command.
- TEST_STATE_INITIALIZING: Receiving and initializing
the command.
- TEST_STATE_TESTING: Executing the command.
Command Format
TEST-TRC-ROUTE: DST_IP_VER, [DST_IP_ADDR_V4], [DST_IP_ADDR_V6], [DSCP];
Command Description
Performs the trace route test for the network path between the system and external hosts. When
performing the trace route test, the user can enter a destination IP address and check the hops
between the destination and the NE. The user can identify network elements with problems on
the external network by checking the gateway or route address and delay time for each hop.
Optionally, the destination IP version and the DSCP (Differentiated Services Code Point) value
can be specified. The test result is normal if the state of all hops to the destination is normal. If
the test execution result is NOK, it indicates that the path to the target is broken.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-TEST-LIST: [OT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the added online test schedules. Unlike on-demand tests, online tests are performed at
regular intervals according to the registered schedules. Test start/end and execution result (start,
end, success, fail) are sent to the LSM according to the notify information added to the test list.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
OT_ID The ID of the online test schedule. Up to 0 ~ 49 NONE 0
50 can be added.
STATE The state of the online test scheduler (The scheduler is enabled
and the test is performed at the specified interval only when the
state is RUN_ONLINE).
- RUN_ONLINE: The scheduler is enabled to execute the test
command at the specified interval.
- STOP_ONLINE: The scheduler is stopped by the user. (Even
if before END_TIME, the scheduler is stopped and no further
tests are performed.)
TEST_ID The online test that can be performed on the system (ex.
EXT_PING_TEST/INT_PING_TEST/TX_POWER_TEST
etc.).
START_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test start. (USED_FLAG_ON/
USED_FLAG_OFF)
END_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test end. (USED_FLAG_ON/
USED_FLAG_OFF)
SUCCESS_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test success. (USED_FLAG_ON/
USED_FLAG_OFF)
FAIL_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test fail. (USED_FLAG_ON/
USED_FLAG_OFF)
Command Format
RTRV-EPING-INF: [TI_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the external ping online test. The test item
ID provides the information such as destination IP version and address, DSCP, ping duration,
packet count per second, which is used as a reference by the external ping command. Entering a
TI_ID value displays the information corresponding to TI_ID. If none is entered, information for
all (10) test items is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
TI_ID The ID for identifying the information 0~9 NONE 0
added for online external ping tests. Up to
10 can be added. TI_ID defines the
detailed execution method of the external
ping online test (TEST_ID). This is set by
the user in advance.
PKT_SIZE The size of packets transmitted during the external ping test.
PKT_PER_SEC The number of packets transmitted per second during the exter-
nal ping test.
Command Format
RTRV-IPING-INF: [TI_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the internal ping online test. The test item
ID provides the information such as target board type (UNIT_TYPE) and target board ID (unit
ID), which is used as a reference by the internal ping command. Entering a TI_ID value displays
the information corresponding to TI_ID. If none is entered, information for all (10) test items is
retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
TI_ID The ID for identifying the information 0~9 NONE 0
added for online internal ping tests. Up to
10 can be added. TI_ID defines the
detailed execution method of the Internal
ping online test (TEST_ID). This is set by
the user in advance.
UNIT_TYPE The type of the target processor board on which the internal
ping test is to be performed.
Command Format
RTRV-EPING-RSLT: TI_ID, [RESULT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the external ping online test results. It retrieves the results of the external ping test per-
formed by the test schedule added by the CRTE-TEST-LIST command. Each test item ID
(TI_ID) can have up to 30 results. Lower the result ID, the more recent the results are. Even
when the online test scheduler is added, if the actual test has not been performed, the result
retrieval returns NO_DATA with NOK processing. The online test results are saved only after
the actual test is executed. If the test is interrupted by STOP_ONLINE, for example, the result is
not updated.
TIMEOUT 10
RESULT_ID The result ID in which order the external ping online test result
is saved after the test is executed. The smaller the result ID, the
PKT_SIZE The size of packets transmitted during the external ping test.
PKT_PER_SEC The number of packets transmitted per second during the exter-
nal ping test.
ERROR_REASON The error reason when the external ping test result is NOK.
- TM_ICMP_DEST_UNREACHABLE: The destination is
unreachable.
- TM_ICMP_PARTIALTIMEOUT: Only some of the packets
transmitted are received.
- TM_ICMP_TIMEOUT: None of the packets transmitted are
received.
- TM_PKTLOSS_VIOLATION: The packet loss threshold
defined in the PLD is exceeded.
- TM_RTT_VIOLATION: The round trip time threshold
defined in the PLD is exceeded.
- TM_RTT_JITTER_VIOLATION: The round trip jitter (delay
TOTAL_PKT The number of packets transmitted during the external ping test.
DELAY_VARIANCE The jitter value (standard deviation) of the average delay (round
trip) for the external ping test. The delay standard deviation
(msec) of all ICMP packets received during the external ping
test (TRY_SEC).
Command Format
RTRV-IPING-RSLT: TI_ID, [RESULT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the internal ping online test results. It retrieves the results of the internal ping test per-
formed by the test schedule added by the CRTE-TEST-LIST command. Each test item ID
(TI_ID) can have up to 30 results. Lower the result ID, the more recent the results are. Even
when the online test scheduler is added, if the actual test has not been performed, the result
retrieval returns NO_DATA with NOK processing. The online test results are saved only after
the actual test is executed. If the test is interrupted by STOP_ONLINE, for example, the result is
not updated.
TIMEOUT 10
RESULT_ID The result ID in which order the internal ping online test result
is saved after the test is executed. The smaller the result ID, the
UNIT_TYPE The type of the target processor board on which the internal
ping test is to be performed.
UNIT_ID The ID of the target processor board on which the internal ping
test is to be performed.
ERROR_REASON The error reason if the internal ping test result is NOK.
- TM_ICMP_DEST_UNREACHABLE: The destination is
unreachable.
- TM_ICMP_PARTIALTIMEOUT: Only some of the packets
transmitted are received.
- TM_ICMP_TIMEOUT: None of the packets transmitted are
received.
DELAY The delay (round trip) in milliseconds for the internal ping test.
Command Format
RTRV-TRC-RSLT: TI_ID, [RESULT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the trace route online test results. It retrieves the results of the trace route test per-
formed by the test schedule added by the CRTE-TEST-LIST command. Each test item ID
(TI_ID) can have up to 30 results. Lower the result ID, the more recent the results are. Even
when the online test scheduler is added, if the actual test has not been performed, the result
retrieval returns NO_DATA with NOK processing. The online test results are saved only after
the actual test is executed. If the test is interrupted by STOP_ONLINE, for example, the result is
not updated.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-TEST-THR;
Command Description
Retrieves the thresholds set for delay average, jitter and packet loss ratio measured during the
external ping test to determine the test result (OK or NOK). The thresholds used for the external
ping test are as follows.
- Packet Loss Threshold: The threshold for packets received over total packets transmitted (0-
100%).
- Round Trip Time Threshold: The threshold for RTT (round trip time) of ICMP packets (1-1000
msec).
- RTT Jitter Threshold: The threshold for RTT jitter of ICMP packets (1-1000 msec).
TIMEOUT 10
RTT_JIT_THR The threshold for round trip jitter (delay standard deviation for
each packet) during the external ping test.
PKT_LOS_THR The threshold for the packet loss ratio during the external ping
test.
Command Format
CHG-TEST-LIST: OT_ID, [STATE], [TEST_ID], [TI_ID], [PERIOD], [START_TIME],
[END_TIME], [START_NOTIFY], [END_NOTIFY], [SUCCESS_NOTIFY], [FAIL_NOTIFY];
Command Description
Changes the added schedules for performing online tests. Up to 50 online tests can be added in
the schedule. The additions/changes are stored in the PLD so that the tests are performed even
when the system restarts.
TIMEOUT 10
START_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test start. (USED_FLAG_ON/
USED_FLAG_OFF)
END_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test end. (USED_FLAG_ON/
USED_FLAG_OFF)
SUCCESS_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test success. (USED_FLAG_ON/
USED_FLAG_OFF)
FAIL_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test fail. (USED_FLAG_ON/
USED_FLAG_OFF)
Command Format
CHG-EPING-INF: TI_ID, DST_IP_VER, [DST_IP_ADDR_V4], [DST_IP_ADDR_V6], [DSCP],
[PKT_SIZE], [PKT_PER_SEC], [TRY_SEC];
Command Description
Specifies or changes the specified content in the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the
external ping online test. The test item ID can set or change the information such as destination
IP version and address, DSCP, ping duration, packet count per second, which is used as a refer-
ence by the external ping command. Up to 10 test items can be added.
TIMEOUT 10
PKT_SIZE The size of packets transmitted during the external ping test.
PKT_PER_SEC The number of packets transmitted per second during the exter-
nal ping test.
Command Format
CHG-IPING-INF: TI_ID, [UNIT_ID];
Command Description
Sets or changes the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the internal ping online test. The test
item ID can set or change the information such as target board type (UNIT_TYPE) and target
board ID (unit ID), which is used as a reference by the internal ping command. Up to 10 test
items can be added.
TIMEOUT 10
UNIT_ID The ID of the target processor board on which the internal ping
test is to be performed.
Command Format
CHG-TEST-THR: [RTT_THR], [RTT_JIT_THR], [PKT_LOS_THR];
Command Description
Sets or changes the thresholds for delay average, jitter and packet loss ratio measured during the
external ping test to determine the test result (OK or NOK). The thresholds applied in external
ping tests are as follows.
- Packet Loss Threshold: The threshold for packets received over total packets transmitted (0-
100%).
- Round Trip Time Threshold: The threshold for RTT (round trip time) of ICMP packets (1-1000
msec).
- RTT Jitter Threshold: The threshold for RTT jitter of ICMP packets (1-1000 msec).
TIMEOUT 10
RTT_JIT_THR The threshold for round trip jitter (delay standard deviation for
each packet) during the external ping test.
PKT_LOS_THR The threshold for the packet loss ratio during the external ping
test.
Command Format
RTRV-ETHOAM-CONF: [PORT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the PLD ETHOAM CONFIGURATION information. EtherOAM provides Ethernet
link monitoring according to the standard defined in IEEE 802.3ah. It uses the OAMPDU
(Ethernet OAM Protocol Data Unit) to perform discovery, remote fault indication, link monitor-
ing and remote loopback for maintenance of geographically remote Ethernet network elements.
This command is used for retrieving the EFM parameter information changed by the CHG-ETH-
OAM-CONF command.
TIMEOUT 10
ETH_OAM_ADMIN_STATE The administrator state of the EFM (Ethernet in the First Mile).
ETH_OAM_CLIENT_TIMEOUT The timeout for determining disconnection from the remote sta-
tion. The remote station is determined as disconnected if the
OAMPDU is not received within the time specified.
ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_WINDOW The frame window size set for link fault processing by the
OAM layer (this value multiplied by 1000 is the actual window
size).
Command Format
CHG-ETHOAM-CONF: PORT_ID, [ETH_OAM_ADMIN_STATE], [ETH_OAM_LAYER_STATE],
[ETH_OAM_PDU_MAX_RATE], [ETH_OAM_PDU_MIN_RATE], [ETH_OAM_CLIENT_TIMEOUT],
[ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_WINDOW], [ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_HI],
[ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_LO];
Command Description
Changes the PLD EtherOAM CONFIGURATION information. EtherOAM provides Ethernet
link monitoring according to the standard defined in IEEE 802.3ah. It uses the OAMPDU
(Ethernet OAM Protocol Data Unit) to perform discovery, remote fault indication, link monitor-
ing and remote loopback for maintenance of geographically remote Ethernet network elements.
Sets or changes parameters for providing the EFM function.
TIMEOUT 10
ETH_OAM_CLIENT_TIMEOUT The timeout for determining disconnection from the remote sta-
tion. The remote station is determined as disconnected if the
OAMPDU is not received within the time specified.
ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_WINDOW The frame window size set for link fault processing by the
OAM layer (this value multiplied by 1000 is the actual window
size).
Command Format
TEST-ETH-LB: PORT_ID, DURATION;
Command Description
Performs the loopback test on the EFM function defined in the IEEE 802.3ah standard. During
the process this command, the backhaul link can not receive any packet except OAMPDU for
testing. Therefore the connection to the LSM will be disconnected for a while. The EFM is
responsible for testing the inter-station link directly connected to the eNB. To execute the Ether-
net loopback command, the discovery must be performed. The command can only be triggered
in EFM active mode. If discovery fails or the EFM is in passive mode, this command returns
NOK and does not perform the loopback test.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CRTE-TEST-LIST: OT_ID, [STATE], [TEST_ID], [TI_ID], [PERIOD], START_TIME,
END_TIME, [START_NOTIFY], [END_NOTIFY], [SUCCESS_NOTIFY], [FAIL_NOTIFY];
Command Description
Crteate Online Test List Relation. Adds schedules for a specific command for performing online
tests. Up to 50 online tests can be added in the schedule. The additions are stored in the PLD so
that the tests are performed even when the system restarts.
TIMEOUT 10
START_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test start. (USED_FLAG_ON/
USED_FLAG_OFF)
END_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test end. (USED_FLAG_ON/
USED_FLAG_OFF)
SUCCESS_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test success. (USED_FLAG_ON/
USED_FLAG_OFF)
FAIL_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test fail. (USED_FLAG_ON/
USED_FLAG_OFF)
Command Format
DLT-TEST-LIST: OT_ID;
Command Description
Delate schedules for a specific online test command.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
OT_ID The Online Test schedule ID will be 0 ~ 49 NONE 0
deleted.
Command Format
CHG-TRC-ROUTE: TI_ID, DST_IP_VER, [DST_IP_ADDR_V4], [DST_IP_ADDR_V6], [DSCP];
Command Description
Specifies or changes the specified content in the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the trace
route online test. The test item ID can set or change the information such as destination IP ver-
sion, address and DSCP which is used as a reference by the trace route command. Up to 10 test
items can be added.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-TRC-ROUTE: [TI_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the trace route online test. The test item ID
provides the information such as destination IP version, address and DSCP which is used as a
reference by the trace route command. Entering a TI_ID value displays the information corre-
sponding to TI_ID. If none is entered, information for all (10) test items is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
TI_ID The ID for identifying the information 0~9 NONE 0
added for online trace route tests. Up to
10 can be added. TI_ID defines the
detailed execution method of the trace
route online test (TEST_ID). This is set by
the user in advance.
Command Format
START-TRC: MCC, MNC, TRACE_ID, [LIST_OF_INTERFACES], DEPTH, CELL_NUM, IP_VER,
[TCE_IPV4], [TCE_IPV6];
Command Description
Registers signaling trace for all active calls within the specified cell. Only one cell per eNB can
be specified for this command. For example, to trace Cell #2 while tracing Cell #1, the user must
delete the trace of Cell #1 and then add the trace of Cell #2. Once added, a trace cannot be
changed. If a change is necessary, the user must delete (STOP-TRC) the existing trace and then
add it again. This command can be executed in the following order. 1. Select Performance at the
top of the main screen. 2. Select Call Trace. 3. Select the target eNB. 4. Select the Register but-
ton and enter parameters.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
STOP-TRC: MCC, MNC, TRACE_ID, CELL_NUM;
Command Description
Deletes the trace registered for cells. When the command is executed, collection of the signaling
trace data for active calls in the specified cell is stopped. This command can be executed in the
following order. 1. Select Performance at the top of the main screen. 2. Select Call Trace. 3.
Select the target eNB 4. Select the Delete button.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-CSL-INF: [IP_VER], [CSL_IPV4], [CSL_IPV6], [BUFFERING_TIME];
Command Description
Changes the information related to CSL data transmission. The following parameters are avail-
able for change.
- CSL server IP version.
- CSL server IP.
- CSL buffering time. When the user changes any of the parameters above, the eNB immediately
applies the changes to the CSL data and transmits it. The CLS server's IP address supports both
IPV4 and IPV6. The default is eNB-LSM (TruceCall server for MPCS). Multiple CSL servers
cannot be used. The CSL data is transmitted when:
- the buffering time elapses after data is created.
- the number of data entries buffered reaches 10. When any of the conditions above are met, the
eNB transmits the CSL data to the server. The default CSL buffering timer is 5 (sec).
TIMEOUT 10
BUFFERING_TIME The eNB stores the CSL data in the eNB memory during the
buffering time to reduce the network load. If the buffering time
is set to 10, all of the CSL data stored in the memory is sent to
the CLS server 10 seconds after the data is created. Note that
the CSL data is also transmitted to the CSL server when the
number of CSL data entries stored reaches 10 even within 10
seconds of data creation.
Command Format
RTRV-TRC;
Command Description
Retrieves the trace information of each cell. This command can also be executed in the following
order. 1) Select Performance at the top of the main screen. 2) Select Call Trace 3) Select the tar-
get eNB 4) If the list is not displayed, select the Refresh button.
TIMEOUT 30
MCC Mobile country code. A unique code for each country, which is
used for trace reference configuration. For example, Korea:
450, USA: 310 - 316
MNC Mobile network code. A unique code for each network, which
is used for trace reference configuration. For example, SK: 05,
SPRINT: 120
REFERENCE A value constituting MCC, MNC and traceId, which is used for
identifying traces for calls or cells. It is the key information for
identifying the trace and unique within the network.
LIST_OF_INTERFACES The interface for which the signaling trace data is to be col-
IP_VER The type of the IP address (IPV4 or IPV6) of the TCE (trace
collection entity). The TCE is the server in which the signaling
trace data is to be collected.
Command Format
RTRV-CSL-INF;
Command Description
Retrieves the settings related to CSL data transmission. The following parameters are available
for retrieval.
- CSL Server IP Version.
- CSL Server IP.
- CSL Buffering Time. The CSL data is transmitted when:
- the buffering time elapses after data is created.
- the number of data entries buffered reaches 10. When any of the conditions above are met, the
eNB transmits the CSL data to the server. The default CSL buffering timer is 5 (sec).
TIMEOUT 10
BUFFERING_TIME The eNB stores the CSL data in the eNB memory during the
buffering time to reduce the network load. If the buffering time
is set to 10, all of the CSL data stored in the memory is sent to
the CLS server 10 seconds after the data is created. Note that
the CSL data is also transmitted to the CSL server when the
number of CSL data entries stored reaches 10 even within 10
seconds of data creation.
Command Format
ADD-SBSC: MGR_REF, TIME_TICK, NOTIFICATION_CATEGORY, LOG_FLAG,
LOG_FTP_REFERENCE;
Command Description
Generates information for the notification manager which receives notifications generated in the
system. This command also forwards the notifications generated in the system according to the
subscription information of the registered notification managers. To create a subscription, the
user must enter the manager reference parameters including the network information for the
notification manager such as the IP address and the port, and the parameters for category infor-
mation of the notifications to receive, log collection setting for the notifications, and notification
transmission duration. Multiple subscriptions can be created for each notification manager by
using different notification category settings.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
DLT-SBSC: MGR_REF;
Command Description
Deletes subscriptions for the notification manager information created for receiving the notifica-
tions generated in the system. To delete a subscription, the user must enter the MGR_REF
parameter which includes the IP address and the port information of the notification manager
and the SBSC_ID which is the ID for the registered subscription. Since multiple subscriptions
can be created for each notification manager, if the user wants to delete all registered subscrip-
tions for the a notification manager, only MGR_REF needs to be entered for the registered noti-
fication manager. Deleting a registered subscription also deletes the notification log function
registered for the subscription.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
START-SBSC;
Command Description
Starts the suspended notification services for registered notification managers. To execute the
command, the user must enter the subscription ID information of the notification manager for
which the notification service will be started. The command has no effect on services registered
for other notification categories for the same notification manager. If the TIME_TICK value for
the subscription is not 0, the timer also starts when the subscription is started.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
STOP-SBSC;
Command Description
Stops notification services for registered notification managers. To execute the command, the
user must enter the subscription ID information of the notification manager for which the notifi-
cation service will be stopped. Notification transmission continues for services registered for
other notification categories for the same notification manager. If the TIME_TICK value for the
subscription is not 0, the timer value is reset when the subscription is stopped, and the timer will
start again when the service starts. The command for stopping notification services can only be
executed for subscriptions with active notification services.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-SBSC;
Command Description
Retrieves the subscription information for notification managers registered for receiving the
notifications generated in the system. This command displays the notification manager's network
information (IP address and port information), time tick setting, notification log collection func-
tion flag, and FTP information for notification log transmission. The user can also retrieve a spe-
cific subscription by entering a subscription ID for a registered notification manager.
TIMEOUT 30
NTF_TIME_TICK The timer value for keep receiving notifications from the time
the subscription is registered for the notification manager.
Command Format
UPLD-NOTI-LOG;
Command Description
Records the notification logs collected for the notification category set for the registered notifi-
cation manager in a file and sends it to the notification manager. Whenever a notification is gen-
erated, the notification log data is saved in the system, which is used for generating a notification
log file at the time of user request according to the registered notification category. Then, this file
is transmitted over FTP. The FTP transmission is performed by referencing the
FTP_REFERENCE information entered at the time of subscription registration for the FTP login
account information and the log file upload path. The name of the notification log file is
NLIRP_XML_Notification.xml and the maximum size is 4MB.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-EMS-CONF: [IPV4_ADDR], [IPV6_ADDR];
Command Description
Change EMS IP Address.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-EMS-CONF;
Command Description
EMS IP Address Display.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-ALM-INH: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID], [ALARM_TYPE];
Command Description
Retrieves the alarm inhibition information. The user can use this command to retrieve the list of
alarms inhibited from being displayed on the operator screen. If certain alarms are not generated
when faults occur during operation, the user can execute this command to check whether the
alarms are inhibited.
TIMEOUT 30
Command Format
CHG-ALM-INH: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID], [ALARM_TYPE], INHIBIT_STATUS;
Command Description
Changes the alarm inhibition information. The user can use this command to change the existing
alarm inhibition information. The alarms inhibited by the user are not displayed on the screen
and are not recorded in the alarm history. If certain alarms are not generated when faults occur
during operation, the user can execute this command to check whether the alarms are inhibited.
TIMEOUT 30
Command Format
RTRV-ALM-SEV: [UNIT_TYPE], [ALARM_TYPE];
Command Description
Retrieves the alarm severity state of the NE. The user can use this command to retrieve the alarm
severity state information set by the CHG-ALM-SEV command. When the alarm severity state
is set by the CHG-ALM-SEV command, the severity state is overwritten.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-ALM-SEV: [UNIT_TYPE], [ALARM_TYPE], SEVERITY;
Command Description
Changes the alarm severity state. You can use this command to change the existing alarm sever-
ity state information. When an alarm occurs, the alarm severity state information changed by the
CHG-ALM-SEV command is displayed on the operator screen. The changed alarm severity
state can be retrieved by the RTRV-ALM-SEV command.
TIMEOUT 30
Command Format
RTRV-ALM-THR: [UNIT_TYPE], [ALARM_TYPE];
Command Description
Retrieve the alarm Threshold configuration information
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-ALM-THR: [UNIT_TYPE], [ALARM_TYPE], [THR_CRI_DEC], [THR_MAJ_DEC],
[THR_MIN_DEC], [THR_CRI_CLR], [THR_MAJ_CLR], [THR_MIN_CLR];
Command Description
Changes the alarm threshold. The user can use this command to change the existing alarm
threshold. When a Threshold alarm occurs and if the alarm exceeds the level threshold changed
by the CHG-ALM-THR command, the corresponding alarm level is displayed on the operator
screen. The changed alarm threshold can be retrieved by the RTRV-ALM-THR command.
TIMEOUT 30
Command Format
RTRV-UDA-DATA: [PORT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the UDA data. The user can install an external device and connect it to the UDA port
of the system to monitor and manage faults on the external device.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
PORT_ID The port ID for which the UDA data is to 0~8 NONE 0
be retrieved. If no port ID is entered, all
UDA data is retrieved.
STATUS The equip status of input port. The input port can be unequipped
or equipped.
Command Format
CHG-UDA-DATA: PORT_ID, [STATUS], [ALARM_NAME], [SEVERITY];
Command Description
Changes the UDA data. The user can install an external device and connect it to the UDA port of
the system to monitor and manage faults on the external device. When an alarm has occurred on
the UDA port, use the CHG-UDA-DATA command to change STATUS to N_EQUIP to clear the
alarm, change ALARM_NAME to clear the alarm of the previous name and have another alarm
occur using the new name, or change severity to clear the alarm of the previous severity level
and have another alarm occur using the new severity level.
TIMEOUT 10
STATUS The equip status of input port. The input port can be unequipped
or equipped.
Command Format
RTRV-UDA-CTRL: [PORT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieve the User defined control port configuration.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
PORT_ID User defined control port ID to display. 0~1 NONE 0
Command Format
CHG-UDA-CTRL: PORT_ID, [STATUS], [NAME], [TYPE], [DURATION];
Command Description
Change the User defined control port configuration.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-ALM-LIST: [UNIT_TYPE];
Command Description
Retrieves the list of alarms currently active in the NE. This command retrieves alarm time, alarm
group information, cause information, alarm severity, detailed alarm type, thresholds, and occur-
rence location. It does not retrieve any alarms previously occurred and cleared or alarms inhib-
ited by user. Only the alarms not inhibited are displayed.
TIMEOUT 30
ALARM_CODE AlarmCode.
Command Format
RTRV-ALM-LOG;
Command Description
Retrieves the alarm history in the NE. Up to 100 recent alarms are retrieved. This command
retrieves alarm occurrence time, alarm cleared time, alarm group, cause, detailed alarm type, and
occurrence location. If the alarm has not yet been cleared after its occurrence, the cleared time is
retrieved as '-' in the alarm log.
TIMEOUT 30
Command Format
RTRV-ALM-INF: [UNIT_TYPE];
Command Description
This operation is response of the list of available alarm information.
TIMEOUT 30
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
UNIT_TYPE It is unit type. UMP/ECP/RRH/ NONE UMP
GPSR/PSU/SYS/
Command Format
RTRV-PRC-STS: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID];
Command Description
Inquire unit status of system.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-ELINK-STS: [PORT_ID];
Command Description
Inquire external link status.
TIMEOUT 10
RX_UTIL It is rx utilization.
TX_UTIL It is tx utilization.
Command Format
RTRV-CPU-UTIL: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves CPU utilization of the processor. Available processor types are UMP (main board) and
ECP (channel card). Displays the processor board type, processor ID, shelf ID, slot ID, and CPU
load value. The CPU load value is periodically updated. It indicates the CPU utilization as a per-
centage of total availability.
The processor type and processor ID represent the logical location of the processor while the
shelf ID and slot ID represent the physical location of the processor.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-MEM-UTIL: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID];
Command Description
Inquire memory utilization.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-DISK-UTIL: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID];
Command Description
Inquire disk utilization.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-SYS-CONF;
Command Description
Retrieves the system configuration information. It includes the system ID, status (EQUIP/
N_EQUIP), administrative state (locked, shutting down, unlocked), the type of grown system
and the system version.
TIMEOUT 10
TYPE The type of the network element (LTE eNB is set to eNB).
SYS_TYPE The system type set by the user when growing the system. This
includes system information such as indoor/outdoor and inte-
grated/standalone.
AC_COMM_FAIL_TX_FLAG Whether to give the output off command to the RF unit when
the Access Control Communication Fail alarm occurs.
Command Format
RTRV-UNIT-CONF: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID], [SIDE];
Command Description
Retrieves the type, ID, mounting status in the PLD, board type, and mounting location for each
unit of the system.
TIMEOUT 10
STATUS The mounting status in the PLD for the UnitType and UnitID.
- EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and
available in the system. The unit is also available for loading the
software.
- N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD
and unavailable in the system. The unit is also unavailable for
loading the software.
BOARD_TYPE The board type of the UnitType and UnitID. For the hardware
type of the unit, the same UnitType can have different types of
boards.
RACK_ID The ID of the rack where the UnitType and UnitId are located.
SHELF_ID The ID of the shelf where the UnitType and UnitId are located.
SLOT_ID The ID of the slot where the UnitType and UnitId are located.
Command Format
RTRV-DB-VER;
Command Description
Retrieves the version information of the PLD database in the system. This includes the database
schema version and the database data version. It also shows the time of the last database update.
The database schema version is the same as the software version, and the database data version
increments by 1 each time the database is updated.
TIMEOUT 10
DB_UPDATED_TIME The last update time of the PLD database in the system.
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration information of the cells provided by the system. The user can enter
CELL_NUM to select a cell to be retrieved. If no cell is selected, configuration information for
all cells is displayed. The user can retrieve the cell's status, administrative state, sector informa-
tion.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number. This value must not 0~8 NONE 0
exceed the maximum number of cells
supported by the system. It is determined
by FA/Sector. For example, if the maxi-
mum capacity provided to the carrier per
system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are
supported.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The administrative state of the cell configured by the user. The
initial value is locked when growing the system. This can be
changed later by the user.
- locked: A transitional state in the cell grow/degrow process.
In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services
are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the
unlocked state so that a call service can be offered.
- unlocked: The cell growth is complete. The grown resources
are available in the PLD to offer a call service.
- shuttingDown: A transitional state in the cell degrowth pro-
cess. In this state, the grown resources in the PLD continue to
offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but does not
offer any new call services. When the current call service is
complete, the resources automatically change to the locked
state.
SECTOR_ID The ID of the sector to which the cell belongs (in the range from
0 to 2 in a system supporting 3 sectors).
CC_ID The ID of the channel card supporting the cell (unique within
the system).
DSP_ID The DSP ID within the channel card supporting the cell (unique
within the channel card).
Command Format
RTRV-NTP-CONF: [SVR_TYPE];
Command Description
Retrieve NTP Server IP Information.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
SVR_TYPE NTP Configuration Table Index. PRIMARY_NTP_SER NONE PRIMA
VER/ RY_NT
SECONDARY_NTP_S P_SER
ERVER/ VER
Command Format
CHG-NTP-CONFIGURATION: SVR_TYPE, [IP_VER], [NTP_IPV4], [NTP_IPV6];
Command Description
Change NTP Server IP Information.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CRTE-VLAN-CONF: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [VLAN_ID], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE],
[DESCRIPTION];
Command Description
This command is to activate VLAN interface.
TIMEOUT 10
interface.
- linkLocked: The port is disabled.
- linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.
Command Format
DLT-VLAN-CONF: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
This command is to deactivate VLAN interface.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index for the VLAN interface. 0 ~ 15 NONE 0
Command Format
CHG-VLAN-CONF: DB_INDEX, [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];
Command Description
This command is to change VLAN interface
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-VLAN-CONF: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
This command is to retrieve VLAN interface.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index for the VLAN interface. 0 ~ 15 NONE 0
Command Format
CHG-ELINK-CONF: PORT_ID, [STATUS], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [CONNECT_TYPE],
[SPEED_DUPLEX], [MTU], [FLOW_CONTROL], [LAG_ID], [DESCRIPTION];
Command Description
Changes the configuration information of the external link for communication outside the sys-
tem. The user can specify the unit type, unit ID, or port ID and change the status of the port to
grow or degrow it. To prevent communication interruption, the last link cannot be degrown or
locked.
TIMEOUT 10
CONNECT_TY The connect type of the external link. Backhaul/UDE/ NONE Back-
PE haul
SPEED_DUPL The speed and duplex of the backhaul port. AUTO/S10_HALF/ NONE AUTO
EX - AUTO: The speed is determined by auto- S10_FULL/
negotiation. S100_HALF/
- S10_HALF: A speed of 10 Mbps, half- S100_FULL/
duplex mode. S1000_FULL/
S10G_FULL/
- S10_FULL: A speed 10 Mbps, full-duplex
mode.
- S100_HALF: A speed of 100 Mbps, half-
duplex mode.
- S100_FULL: A speed of 100 Mbps, full-
duplex mode.
- S1000_FULL: A speed of 1000 Mbps,
full-duplex mode.
MEDIA_TYPE The media type of the external link, which is set automatically.
Command Format
RTRV-ELINK-CONF: [PORT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the external link settings. If Port ID is not specified, all external link settings are
retrieved. This command can retrieve settings such as EQUIP of link, lock status, media type,
MTU, speed, duplex, and flow control.
TIMEOUT 10
MEDIA_TYPE The media type of the external link, which is set automatically.
Command Format
CRTE-LAG-CONF: DB_INDEX, [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [LAG_ID], [DESCRIPTION];
Command Description
This command is to activate LINK AGGREGATION.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
DLT-LAG-CONF: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
This command is to deactivate LINK AGGREGATION.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX This field indicates dbIndex 0~1 NONE 0
Command Format
CHG-LAG-CONF: DB_INDEX, [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];
Command Description
This command is to change LINK AGGREGATION
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-LAG-CONF: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
This command is to retrieve LINK AGGREGATION.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX This field indicates dbIndex 0~1 NONE 0
Command Format
RTRV-IP-ADDR: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves the IP address set for interface.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index for setting the IP address. 0 ~ 29 NONE 0
IF_NAME The name of the interface to be set with the IP address. Enter
the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0
for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or
sa1 for the LAG interface.
Command Format
CRTE-IP-ADDR: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [IP_ADDR], [IP_PFX_LEN], [OAM],
[LTE_SIGNAL_S1], [LTE_SIGNAL_X2], [LTE_BEARER];
Command Description
Sets the IP address for an interface. The interface must be grown before setting the IP address.
TIMEOUT 10
IF_NAME The name of the interface to be set with the IP address. Enter
the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0
for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or
sa1 for the LAG interface.
Command Format
DLT-IP-ADDR: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Deletes the IP address set for an interface. Once the IP address is deleted, the IP communication
is no longer provided with the outside using the IP address.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index for setting the IP address. 0 ~ 29 NONE 0
Command Format
RTRV-IPV6-ADDR: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves the IPv6 address set for interface.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index for setting the IPv6 address. 0 ~ 29 NONE 0
IF_NAME The name of the interface to be set with the IPv6 address. Enter
the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0
for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or
sa1 for the LAG interface.
OAM Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address
set for OAM.
- False: The IP address is not used for OAM.
- True: The IP address is used for OAM.
LTE_SIGNAL_S1 Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address
set for S1 signals.
- False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals.
LTE_SIGNAL_X2 Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address
set for X2 signals.
- False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals.
- True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.
LTE_BEARER Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address
set for bearer.
- False: The IP address is not used for bearer.
- True: The IP address is used for bearer.
Command Format
CRTE-IPV6-ADDR: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [IPV6_ADDR], [IPV6_PFX_LEN], [OAM],
[LTE_SIGNAL_S1], [LTE_SIGNAL_X2], [LTE_BEARER];
Command Description
Sets the IPv6 address for the interface. The interface must be grown before setting the IPv6
address.
TIMEOUT 10
IF_NAME The name of the interface to be set with the IPv6 address. Enter
the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0
for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or
sa1 for the LAG interface.
OAM Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address
set for OAM.
- False: The IP address is not used for OAM.
- True: The IP address is used for OAM.
LTE_SIGNAL_S1 Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address
set for S1 signals.
- False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals.
- True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.
LTE_SIGNAL_X2 Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address
set for X2 signals.
- False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals.
- True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.
LTE_BEARER Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address
set for bearer.
- False: The IP address is not used for bearer.
- True: The IP address is used for bearer.
Command Format
DLT-IPV6-ADDR: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Deletes the IPv6 address set for an interface. Once the IPv6 address is deleted, the IPv6 commu-
nication is no longer provided with the outside using the IP address.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index for setting the IPv6 address. 0 ~ 29 NONE 0
Command Format
RTRV-IPV4-PRIOR: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves configured IP priority for each IP attribute which is OAM and Signal.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index of the IP attribute for which IP prior- 0~2 NONE 0
ity is to be changed.
Command Format
CHG-IPV4-PRIOR: DB_INDEX, [PRI_IPV4_ADDR], [SEC_IPV4_ADDR];
Command Description
Changes configuration of IP priority for each IP attribute which is OAM and Signal.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-IP-ROUTE: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves static IP routes set by the user. If the DB_INDEX parameter is entered, only the corre-
sponding IP route is retrieved. If not, all IP routes are retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index for the IP route. 0 ~ 127 NONE 0
IP_PFX_LEN The prefix length of the IP route determining the network mask.
If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.
DISTANCE The distance of the IP route. Entered between 1 and 255. The
default is 1. Smaller the distance value, the higher the priority
of the route becomes.
Command Format
CRTE-IP-ROUTE: DB_INDEX, [IP_PREFIX], [IP_PFX_LEN], [IP_GW], [DISTANCE];
Command Description
Creates static IP route.
TIMEOUT 10
IP_PFX_LEN The prefix length of the IP route determining the network mask.
If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.
DISTANCE The distance of the IP route. Entered between 1 and 255. The
default is 1. Smaller the distance value, the higher the priority
of the route becomes.
Command Format
DLT-IP-ROUTE: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Deletes static IP route.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index for the IP route. 0 ~ 127 NONE 0
Command Format
RTRV-IPV6-ROUTE: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves static IPv6 routes set by the user. If the DB_INDEX parameter is entered, only the cor-
responding IPv6 route is retrieved. If not, all IPv6 routes are retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index for the IPv6 route. 0 ~ 127 NONE 0
IPV6_PFX_LEN The prefix length of the IPv6 route determining the network
mask.
IPV6_GW The nexthop IPv6 (or gateway IPv6) address of the IPv6 route.
DISTANCE The distance of the IPv6 route. Entered between 1 and 255. The
default is 1. Smaller the distance value, the higher the priority
of the route becomes.
Command Format
CRTE-IPV6-ROUTE: DB_INDEX, [IPV6_PREFIX], [IPV6_PFX_LEN], [IPV6_GW], [DIS-
TANCE];
Command Description
Creates static IPv6 route.
TIMEOUT 10
IPV6_PFX_LEN The prefix length of the IPv6 route determining the network
mask.
IPV6_GW The nexthop IPv6 (or gateway IPv6) address of the IPv6 route.
DISTANCE The distance of the IPv6 route. Entered between 1 and 255. The
default is 1. Smaller the distance value, the higher the priority
of the route becomes.
Command Format
DLT-IPV6-ROUTE: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Deletes static IPv6 route.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index for the IPv6 route. 0 ~ 127 NONE 0
Command Format
CHG-IP-ADDR: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [IP_ADDR], [IP_PFX_LEN], [OAM],
[LTE_SIGNAL_S1], [LTE_SIGNAL_X2], [LTE_BEARER];
Command Description
Changes the IP address for an interface. The changes made to the IP addresses are applied to the
system immediately. Therefore, the user must check that the new IP address conforms to the net-
work IP configuration to avoid IP communication problems after making changes.
TIMEOUT 10
IF_NAME The name of the interface to be set with the IP address. Enter
the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0
for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or
sa1 for the LAG interface.
Command Format
CHG-IPV6-ADDR: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [IPV6_ADDR], [IPV6_PFX_LEN], [OAM],
[LTE_SIGNAL_S1], [LTE_SIGNAL_X2], [LTE_BEARER];
Command Description
Changes the IPv6 address set for an interface. To change an IPv6 address, an interface with an
IPv6 address must exist. Enter the new address in the DB_INDEX parameter. Since any changes
to IPv6 addresses are applied in the system immediately, the user must check that the new IPv6
address conforms to the external network configuration in order to avoid communication inter-
ruptions after changing the address.
TIMEOUT 10
IF_NAME The name of the interface to be set with the IPv6 address. Enter
the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0
for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or
sa1 for the LAG interface.
OAM Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address
set for OAM.
- False: The IP address is not used for OAM.
- True: The IP address is used for OAM.
LTE_SIGNAL_S1 Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address
set for S1 signals.
- False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals.
- True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.
LTE_SIGNAL_X2 Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address
set for X2 signals.
- False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals.
- True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.
LTE_BEARER Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address
set for bearer.
- False: The IP address is not used for bearer.
Command Format
RTRV-IPV6-PRIOR: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves configured IPv6 priority for each IPv6 attribute which is OAM and Signal.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index of the IPv6 attribute for which IPv6 0~2 NONE 0
priority is to be changed.
Command Format
CHG-IPV6-PRIOR: DB_INDEX, [PRI_IPV6_ADDR], [SEC_IPV6_ADDR];
Command Description
Changes configuration of IPv6 priority for each IPv6 attribute which is OAM and Signal.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-PAT-MAP: MAP_INDEX, [IP_VER], [MON_SERVER_IPV4], [MON_SERVER_IPV6],
[EXT_DEV_IPV4], [EXT_DEV_IPV6], [MON_SERVER_PORT], [EXT_DEV_PORT];
Command Description
Changes information on the static Port Address Translation (PAT) settings. The mapping infor-
mation between the IP/UDP port of the server, which monitors auxiliary devices, and the IP/
UDP port of an auxiliary device can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-ACL-RULE: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieve created rules in the ACL(Access Control List)
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index of ACL rule for create, delete and 0 ~ 511 NONE 0
retrieve.
IP_VERSION Set the IP version of ACL rule. ACL can has ACL rules with
same IP version.
- IPV4 : Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv4.
-IPV6 : Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv6
SEQ_NO Set the priority of rule in the ACL. This parameter of rules in
the same ACL can't be duplicated.
ACL_NAME Set the name of ACL. This parameter is used for inserting a rule
in the ACL or attaching the ACL on the interface.
ACTION Set the action of the packet that satisfy all condition of this rule.
- DENY: Discard the packet.
- PERMIT: Transmit the packet.
SRC_IPV4_PFX_LEN Set the prefix length of IPv4 source IP address condition of thie
rule.
SRC_IPV6_PFX_LEN Set the prefix length of IPv6 source IP address condition of thie
rule.
SRC_PORT Set the source port number condition of this rule. If PROTO-
COL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is
not available.
- any: Skip checking source port number of the packet.
- 0~65535: If the packet source port number and this parameter
DST_PORT Set the destination port number condition of this rule. If PRO-
TOCOL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter
is not available.
- any: Skip checking destination port number of the packet.
- 0~65535: If the packet destination port number and this
parameter are the same, this condition is satisfied.
- MIN-MAX: If the packet destination port number is between
MIN and MAX, this condition is satisfied.
Command Format
CRTE-ACL-RULE: DB_INDEX, [IP_VERSION], [SEQ_NO], [ACL_NAME], [ACTION], [PROTO-
COL], [SRC_HOST_TYPE], [SRC_IPV4_ADDR], [SRC_IPV4_PFX_LEN], [SRC_IPV6_ADDR],
[SRC_IPV6_PFX_LEN], [SRC_PORT], [DST_HOST_TYPE], [DST_IPV4_ADDR],
[DST_IPV4_PFX_LEN], [DST_IPV6_ADDR], [DST_IPV6_PFX_LEN], [DST_PORT],
[DSCP_TYPE], [DSCP_NUMBER];
Command Description
Create a new rule and insert in the ACL(Acess Control List). ACL rule has 6 tuple(Protocol
Number/Source IP/Destination IP/Source Port/Destination Port/DSCP) condition and set the
action(permit/deny) of an incoming or outgoing packet that satisfy all conditions. When a new
rule is inserted in the ACL, it can be selected by ACL_NAME parameter. Multiple rules can be
inserted in the ACL and priority of a rule in the ACL can be set by SEQ_NO parameter. A new
rule can't be inserted in the ACL that is attached on the interface.
TIMEOUT 10
IP_VERSION Set the IP version of ACL rule. ACL can has ACL rules with
same IP version.
- IPV4 : Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv4.
-IPV6 : Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv6
SEQ_NO Set the priority of rule in the ACL. This parameter of rules in
the same ACL can't be duplicated.
ACL_NAME Set the name of ACL. This parameter is used for inserting a rule
in the ACL or attaching the ACL on the interface.
ACTION Set the action of the packet that satisfy all condition of this rule.
- DENY: Discard the packet.
- PERMIT: Transmit the packet.
SRC_IPV4_PFX_LEN Set the prefix length of IPv4 source IP address condition of thie
rule.
SRC_IPV6_PFX_LEN Set the prefix length of IPv6 source IP address condition of thie
rule.
SRC_PORT Set the source port number condition of this rule. If PROTO-
COL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is
not available.
- any: Skip checking source port number of the packet.
- 0~65535: If the packet source port number and this parameter
DST_PORT Set the destination port number condition of this rule. If PRO-
TOCOL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter
is not available.
- any: Skip checking destination port number of the packet.
- 0~65535: If the packet destination port number and this
parameter are the same, this condition is satisfied.
- MIN-MAX: If the packet destination port number is between
MIN and MAX, this condition is satisfied.
Command Format
DLT-ACL-RULE: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Delete created rule from ACL(Access Control List). Rule of the ACL that is attached on the
interface, can't be deleted.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index of ACL rule for create, delete and 0 ~ 511 NONE 0
retrieve.
Command Format
RTRV-ACL-CONF: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieve attached ACL(Access Control List) on the interface.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index of ACL for attach, delete and 0 ~ 39 NONE 0
retrieve.
ACL_NAME Set the ACL name for attaching on a direction of the interface.
DIRECTION Set the direction of the interface that will be attached ACL.
-IN: Apply ACL on inbound packet of the interface.
-OUT: Apply ACL on outgoing packet of the interface
Command Format
CRTE-ACL-CONF: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [ACL_NAME], [DIRECTION];
Command Description
Attach ACL(Access Control List) on a direction(in/out) of the interface. ACL is selected by
ACL_NAME parameter of CRTE-ACL-RULE command. An incoming or outgoing packet is
compared with rules of the ACL and handled by the action(permit/deny) of the matched rule. If
the packet is not matched with every rules of the ACL, it is discarded.
TIMEOUT 10
ACL_NAME Set the ACL name for attaching on a direction of the interface.
DIRECTION Set the direction of the interface that will be attached ACL.
-IN: Apply ACL on inbound packet of the interface.
-OUT: Apply ACL on outgoing packet of the interface
Command Format
DLT-ACL-CONF: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Delete attached ACL(Access Control List) from the interface.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index of ACL for attach, delete and 0 ~ 39 NONE 0
retrieve.
Command Format
RTRV-QOS-CLASS: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieve configuration of DSCP mapping to the Class.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index of DSCP mapping to Class for add, 0 ~ 511 NONE 0
delete and retrieve.
CLASS_NAME Set the Class name for adding a new DSCP mapping. This
parameter is used for adding multiple DSCP number to the
Class or including in the Policy.
DSCP_NUMBER Set the DSCP number for adding to the Class. A Class can have
multiple DSCP mapping.
Command Format
CRTE-QOS-CLASS: DB_INDEX, [CLASS_NAME], [DSCP_NUMBER];
Command Description
Add a new DSCP mapping to the Class. Packets that are transmitted through the backhaul inter-
face are classified to Class by IP header DSCP value. This Class is included in a Policy with QoS
policy configuration. Class is selected by Class Name and a Class can have multiple DSCP map-
ping. A new DSCP mapping can't be added to the Class that is included in Policy.
TIMEOUT 10
CLASS_NAME Set the Class name for adding a new DSCP mapping. This
parameter is used for adding multiple DSCP number to the
Class or including in the Policy.
DSCP_NUMBER Set the DSCP number for adding to the Class. A Class can have
multiple DSCP mapping.
Command Format
DLT-QOS-CLASS: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Delete DSCP mapping from the Class. DSCP mapping can't be deleted from the Class that is
included in Policy.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index of DSCP mapping to Class for add, 0 ~ 511 NONE 0
delete and retrieve.
Command Format
RTRV-QOS-POLICY: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieve Policy including Class with QoS policy configuration.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index of Policy including Class for add, 0 ~ 319 NONE 0
delete and retrieve.
POLICY_NAME Set the Policy name for adding a new Class. This parameter is
used for attaching the Policy on the interface.
CLASS_NAME Set the Class name that will be added to the Policy.
Command Format
RTRV-SYSIP-SEL;
Command Description
Retrieves selected system IP addresses for each attribute.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-SYSIP-SEL: [SIG_IPVER];
Command Description
Change system IP version.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-BHQOS-CONF: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieve the Policy attached on the backhaul interface.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index of Policy of backhaul interface for 0 ~ 39 NONE 0
attach, delete and retrieve.
IF_NAME Set the backhaul interface name for attaching a new Policy.
POLICY_NAME Set the Policy name for attaching on the backhaul interface.
Command Format
CRTE-BHQOS-CONF: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [POLICY_NAME];
Command Description
Attach the Policy on the backhaul interface. The Policy is selected by POLICY_NAME parame-
ter of CRTE-QOS-POLICY command. Packets that are transmitted through the backhaul inter-
face are classified to Class of the Policy by IP header DSCP value and handled by QoS Policy of
each Class.
TIMEOUT 10
IF_NAME Set the backhaul interface name for attaching a new Policy.
POLICY_NAME Set the Policy name for attaching on the backhaul interface.
Command Format
DLT-BHQOS-CONF: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Delete the Policy from the backhaul interface.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index of Policy of backhaul interface for 0 ~ 39 NONE 0
attach, delete and retrieve.
Command Format
RTRV-BHRATE-CONF: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieve the bandwidth limitaion rate of the backhaul interface.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index of the bandwidth limitation rate of 0~3 NONE 0
backhaul interface for set, delete and
retrieve.
IF_NAME Set the backhaul interface name for setting bandwidth limitation
rate.
Command Format
CRTE-BHRATE-CONF: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [PORT_RATE];
Command Description
Set the bandwidth limitation rate of the backhaul interface. If this backhaul interface traffic rate
is over PORT_RATE, it is shaped.
TIMEOUT 10
IF_NAME Set the backhaul interface name for setting bandwidth limita-
tion rate.
Command Format
DLT-BHRATE-CONF: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Delete the bandwidth limitaion rate of the backhaul interface.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index of the bandwidth limitation rate of 0~3 NONE 0
backhaul interface for set, delete and
retrieve.
Command Format
CRTE-QOS-POLICY: DB_INDEX, [POLICY_NAME], [CLASS_NAME], [SCHEDULER_TYPE],
[QUEUE_PRIORITY], [BW_PERCENTAGE], [QUEUE_RATE];
Command Description
Add a new Class to the Policy and set the QoS policy of the Class. Class is selected by
CLASS_NAME parameter of CRTE-QOS-CLASS command. Policy can include up to 7 Classes
and a new Class can't be added to the Policy that is attached on the interface.
TIMEOUT 10
POLICY_NAME Set the Policy name for adding a new Class. This parameter is
used for attaching the Policy on the interface.
CLASS_NAME Set the Class name that will be added to the Policy.
Command Format
DLT-QOS-POLICY: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Delete a Class from the Policy. A Class can't be deleted from the Policy that is attached on the
interface.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_INDEX Index of Policy including Class for add, 0 ~ 319 NONE 0
delete and retrieve.
Command Format
RTRV-SYSDSCP-DATA: [CLASS_ID];
Command Description
Retrieve the DSCP mapping information with control and management traffic type. If
CLASS_ID parameter is inserted, DSCP value of the system traffic corresponding to the param-
eter is displayed. If CLASS_ID parameter is blank, DSCP values of all system traffic type are
displayed.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CLASS_ID The index defined to set the DSCP map- 0~6 NONE 0
ping information with control and manage-
ment traffic type. 7 traffic types are
defined as follows depending on the Clas-
sID.
- 0: SNMP.
-1: SSH.
-2: sftp/ftp.
-3: OAM traffic, CSL, Trace.
-4: ICMP (Ping).
- 5: Network control traffic.
-6: IEEE 1588 traffic
DSCP The DSCP value that will be mapped with the specified control
and management traffic type.
Command Format
CHG-SYSDSCP-DATA: CLASS_ID, [DSCP];
Command Description
Change the DSCP mapping information with control and management traffic type. The system
traffic type can be selected by CLASS_ID parameter and the value of DSCP parameter is
mapped to the system traffic type.
TIMEOUT 10
DSCP The DSCP value that will be mapped with the specified control
and management traffic type.
Command Format
RTRV-PAT-INF: [CONF_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves information on static Port Address Translation (PAT) settings. Mapping information
between the backhaul port of eNBs and the IP/UDP port of the UDE port can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CONF_INDEX The index for identifying the configuration 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
information.
PUBLIC_IPV4 The public IPv4 address of the eNB interface connected to the
monitoring server.
PUBLIC_IPV6 The public IPv6 address of the eNB interface connected to the
monitoring server.
PRIVATE_IPV4 The private IPv4 address of the eNB interface connected to the
monitoring server.
PRIVATE_IPV6 The private IPv6 address of the eNB interface connected to the
monitoring server.
PUBLIC_PORT The public UDP port of the eNB which receives packets from
the monitoring server.
PRIVATE_PORT The private UDP port of the eNB which receives packets from
an ancillary device.
Command Format
CHG-PAT-INF: CONF_INDEX, [MATCHINGMODE], [IP_VER], [PUBLIC_IPV4],
[PUBLIC_IPV6], [PRIVATE_IPV4], [PRIVATE_IPV6], [PUBLIC_PORT], [PRIVATE_PORT];
Command Description
Changes the static Port Address Translation (PAT) settings. The IP/UDP port mapping between
eNB's backhaul port and UDE port can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
PUBLIC_IPV4 The public IPv4 address of the eNB interface connected to the
monitoring server.
PUBLIC_IPV6 The public IPv6 address of the eNB interface connected to the
monitoring server.
PRIVATE_IPV4 The private IPv4 address of the eNB interface connected to the
monitoring server.
PRIVATE_IPV6 The private IPv6 address of the eNB interface connected to the
monitoring server.
PUBLIC_PORT The public UDP port of the eNB which receives packets from
the monitoring server.
PRIVATE_PORT The private UDP port of the eNB which receives packets from
an ancillary device.
Command Format
RTRV-PAT-MAP: [MAP_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves information on the static Port Address Translation (PAT) mapping. Mapping informa-
tion between the IP/UDP port of the server, which monitors auxiliary devices, and the IP/UDP
port of an auxiliary device can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
MAP_INDEX Static PAT Map index. 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
Command Format
CHG-RIM-CONTROL: [STATUS], [RNC_ID];
Command Description
Changes the RIM Status required to operate a RIM. This command can change the RIM Status
information by entering the RIM_STATUS_DB Index.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-TIMER-INF;
Command Description
Retrieves the timer values used by the ECCB blocks in the eNB. The user can retrieve the timer
value used for exchanging messages with the UE, MME and Naver eNB, and by other ECCB
blocks when a call is set up.
TIMEOUT 10
RRC_CONNECTION_RELEASE The time to wait for reception of the message from the PDCB
S1_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT The retry count for the eNB configuration update procedure
when the eNBConfigurationUpdateFailure message is received
from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the eNB-
ConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.
X2_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT The retry count for the X2 eNB configuration update procedure
when the eNBConfigurationUpdateFailure message is received
from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the X2
eNBConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.
X2_RELOC_OVERALL The time to wait for the UEContextRelease message from the
target eNB after receiving the HandoverRequestAcknowledge
message from the target eNB and handover is complete.
INTERNAL_RESOURCE_SETUP The time to wait for a response after sending the setup message
to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for setting up
resources inside the eNB.
INTERNAL_RESOURCE_RELEASEThe time to wait for a response after sending the release mes-
sage to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for releasing
resources inside the eNB.
INTERNAL_SECURITY_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending the control mes-
sage to the PDCP entity for security control inside the eNB.
INTERNAL_BUFFER_FLUSH The time between buffer flush message transmission and recep-
tion of its response. The flush message is sent to flush the buffer
of the PDCP entity after receiving UEContextRelease (X2) and
UEContextReleaseCommand (S1) at handover.
INTERNAL_RRC_RESET The time to wait for multiple UEs to be released after sending
the RrcConnectionRelease to the UEs at eNB reset.
INTERNAL_ENB_RESET The time to wait for a response after sending the CallDelete
message to the internal entities for releasing the entities inside
the eNB at eNB reset.
INTERNAL_RTDINFO_REQ The time to wait for reception of the RTDInfoCnf message after
sending RTDInfoReq to MAC for obtaining the RTD informa-
tion.
RIM_RIR The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct
Information Transfer (RAN-INFORMATION-REQUEST) to
the MME.
RIM_RIAE The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct
Information Transfer (RAN-INFORMATION-APPLICATION-
ERROR) to the MME.
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the E-UTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) cell information
in the eNB. The parameters defined in this PLD include the essential information for operating
E-UTRAN cells.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed or 0~8 NONE 0
retrieved.
Command Format
RTRV-BLACK-LIST: [CELL_NUM], [BLACK_LIST_IDX];
Command Description
Retrieves the blacklist cell information for each cell in the eNB. The blacklist cell information
for each cell in the eNB is transmitted to the UE when performing basic call actions.
TIMEOUT 10
PCI_RANGE Range from the starting physical cell ID of the blacklist cell.
Not used if it is a single physical cell ID type.
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-ACS: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the cell access information in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE
through SIB (System Information Block) 1.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed or 0~8 NONE 0
retrieved.
BARRING_CTR_USAGE Whether barring control type is applied when setting the ac-
BarringInfo for SIB2.
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-RSEL: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the cell reselection information in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE
through SIB (System Information Block) 3.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed or 0~8 NONE 0
retrieved.
Q_HYST Offset value added to the current serving cell from the cell rese-
lection reference. ci_q_Hyst_dB1 indicates 1dB, and
ci_q_Hyst_dB2 2dB.
Q_HYST_SFMEDIUM The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current
serving cell is Medium in the cell reselection condition. This
parameter, in order to apply to change,
SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAGE of CHG-
MOBIL-STA is set to CI_use.
Q_HYST_SFHIGH The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current
serving cell is High in the cell reselection condition.
ci_Q_HystSF_dB_6 indicates -6dB, and ci_Q_HystSF_dB_4 -
4dB. This parameter, in order to apply to change,
SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAGE of CHG-
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-SEL: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the cell selection information in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE
through SIB (System Information Block) 1.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed or 0~8 NONE 0
retrieved.
Q_RXLEV_MIN The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell
selection condition.
Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condi-
tion.
- CI_no_use: qRxlevminoffset value is not added to qRxlev-
min.
- CI_use: qRxlevminoffset value is added to qRxlevmin.
Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condi-
tion. The range is 1-8, where 1 indicates 2dB, and 8 indicates
16dB (IE value*2[dB]).
P_MAX_USAGE Whether UE can use the maximum power for uplink transmis-
sion in cells.
- CI_no_use: UE uses the maximum power according to its
capability.
- CI_use: UE uses the maximum power set in pMax.
P_MAX The value used for limiting uplink transmission power and cal-
culating the compensation (see 5.2.3.2 of 3GPP TS 36.304)
parameter.
Q_QUAL_MIN The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell
selection condition. The value is in dB.
Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE Whether to set the offset value added to qQualMin based on the
cell selection condition.
- CI_no_use: The qQualMinOffset value is not added to qQual-
Min.
- CI_use: The qQualMinOffset value is added to qQualMin.
Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET The offset value added to qQualMin in the cell selection condi-
tion. The value is in dB.
Command Format
RTRV-CSGPCI-IDLE: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves the PCI related to CSG (close subscriber group) of the cell. If the cell type is set to
CSG, the PCI value or the PCI range of the CSG is included in the SIB for transmission. Also, if
the cell type is set to Macro, whether to include SIB is determined by the usage.
TIMEOUT 10
PCI_TYPE The PCI type of a CSG cell. Determines whether to use CSG
PCI as a range or single.
- ci_singlePci: CSG PCI is used as a single.
- ci_rangedPci: CSG PCI is used as a range.
CSG_PCIRANGE The PCI range of the CSG cell. The range includes the start
value.
Command Format
RTRV-SIB-INF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the SIB period of the cell. SIB2-SIB12 is sent as an SI (System Information) message
and the mapping information for SIB and SI messages of SIB2-SIB12 is included in schedul-
ingInfoList of SIB1. Each SIB is included in its own SI message and SIBs of the same period are
mapped to the same SI message. Multiple SI messages may also be transmitted in the same
period. SIB2 is always mapped to the first SI message in the SI message list of schedulingInfo-
List.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed or 0~8 NONE 0
retrieved.
SIB2_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
2 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB2 is not sent.
SIB3_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
3 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB3 is not sent.
SIB4_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
4 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB4 is not sent.
SIB5_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
5 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB5 is not sent.
SIB6_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
6 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
SIB7_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
7 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB7 is not sent.
SIB8_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
8 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms. ci_not_used: SIB8 is not sent.
SIB9_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
9 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB9 is not sent.
SIB10_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
10 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
SIB11_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
11 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB11 is not sent.
SIB12_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
12 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB12 is not sent.
SI_WINDOW The system information window size of the cell in the eNB.
Each SI message is related with one SI window, and does not
overlap with SI windows of other SI messages. I.e, one SI is
sent in each SI window. All SI messages have the same window
size. Corresponding SI messages within the SI window are sent
repeatedly. The range is as follows:.
-ci_si_WindowLength_ms1: 1 ms.
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms2: 2 ms.
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms5: 5 ms.
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms10: 10 ms.
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms15: 15 ms.
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms20: 20 ms.
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms40: 40 ms.
Command Format
RTRV-MOBIL-STA: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the mobility state information. If the CELL_NUM parameter is entered, the informa-
tion only for the corresponding mobility state is retrieved. If not, the information for all mobility
states are retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed or 0~8 NONE 0
retrieved.
N_CELL_CHANGE_MEDIUM The number of cell change in medium mobility state of the cell
in the eNB.
N_CELL_CHANGE_HIGH The number of cell change in high mobility state of the cell in
the eNB.
Command Format
RTRV-TIME-INF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the UE timer constant in the eNB. This information includes the UE-timers and con-
stants broadcasted to SIB2 and the UE-specific timer information. The timer values broadcasted
to SIB are t300, t301, t310, n310, and n311. All other values are UE-specific timer values which
are included in the RRC message.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed or 0~8 NONE 0
retrieved.
T300 Timer t300 of the cell in the eNB. The UE starts the t300 timer
after sending RRC Connection Request. When it receives the
RRC Connection Setup message or the RRC Connection Reject
message, the timer is cleared. When the t300 timer terminates,
UE resets the MAC, clears the MAC configuration, and re-
establishes the RLC. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed
by the operator.
- ci_t_300_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms300: 300 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms400: 400 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms600: 600 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms1000: 1000 ms.
T301 Timer t301 of the cell in the eNB. The UE starts the t301 timer
after sending RRC Connection Reestablishment Request. When
it receives the RRC Connection Reestablishment message or the
RRC Connection Reestablishment message, the timer is
cleared. When the t301 timer terminates, UE becomes idle. The
default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.
- ci_t_301_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms300: 300 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms400: 400 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms600: 600 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms1500: 1500 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms2000: 2000 ms.
T302 The timer value which starts after the UE receives the RRC
Connection Reject message. The timer terminates when UE sta-
tus becomes RRC_Connect or a cell is reselected. When the
timer is cleared, the UE treats the cell as barred and performs
cell reselection. The default is 8 seconds, and can be changed
by the operator.
- ci_t_302_s1: 1 second.
- ci_t_302_s2: 2 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s3: 3 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s4: 4 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s5: 5 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s6: 6 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s7: 7 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s8: 8 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s9: 9 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s10: 10 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s11: 11 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s12: 12 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s13: 13 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s14: 14 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s15: 15 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s16: 16 seconds.
T310 The timer value which starts after the UE continuously receives
out-of-syncIndication as much as N310. Cleared if in-sync indi-
cation is received continuously as much as N311, if handover is
triggered, or if the reestablishment procedure is triggered.
- ci_t_310_ms0: 0 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms50: 50 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms500: 500 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms2000: 2000 ms.
- ci_n_311_n6: 6.
- ci_n_311_n8: 8.
- ci_n_311_n10: 10.
Command Format
RTRV-CAS-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the CSG cell ID. The parameters retrieved are broadcasted to the UE through SIB
(System Information Block) 1.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed or 0~8 NONE 0
retrieved.
Command Format
RTRV-SIB-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the max size of the packed SI for transmission in the cell. The size for SIB information
transmission is determined by considering downlink bandwidth, DCI formation type, SIB recep-
tion time at cell edge, and payload size.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed or 0~8 NONE 0
retrieved.
MAX_PACKED_SI_SIZE The maximum size of the packed SI for transmission in the cell.
This value takes into account the DL RB count by bandwidth,
maximum RB count allocated to each SI message, PDSCH RE
count for each RB, payload size of DCI Format 1A, max aggre-
gation level and PDCCH coderate. Recommend values are 9 for
1.4 MB (i.e., mega bytes); 26 for 3 MB; 49 for 5 MB; 97 for 10
MB; 141 for 15 MB; 217 for 20 MB.
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-CAC: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the CAC (call admission control) parameter information of the cells operating within
the eNB. As cell-level CACs, backhaul based CAC, call count based CAC, DRB count based
CAC, and QoS based CAC are performed. Retrieves threshold, CAC option, and preemption sta-
tus for performing CAC at the cell level.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed or 0~8 NONE 0
retrieved.
MAX_CALL_COUNT The call count limit in the capacity based CAC (call admission
control) at the cell level. The number of calls that can be
allowed by the cell.
not executed.
- CI_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is
executed.
MAX_DRB_COUNT The limit for the E-RAB (E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer)
count in capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the cell
level. The number of E-RABs (E-Utran Radio Access Bearers)
allowed in the cell.
QOS_CAC_OPTION The policy of the QoS (Quality of Service) based CAC (call
admission control) at the cell level.
- QoSCAC_option0: The QoS based CAC function at the cell
level is not used.
- QoSCAC_option1: The QoS-based CAC function per cell is
used.
QOS_POLICY_OPTION The policy used when executing the Quality of Service (QoS)-
based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell.
- QoSPolicy_option0: For a GBR bearer newly requested, the
PRB usage is calculated based on the resource type (GBR or
non-GBR) of the QCI. Then CAC is executed based on the cal-
culated PRB usage. Non-GBRs are always allowed.
- QoSPolicy_option1: For a GBR bearer newly requested, the
PRB usage is calculated based on the priority of the QCI. Then
CAC is executed based on the calculated PRB usage. Non-
GBRs are always allowed.
PRB_REPORT_PERIOD PRB (Physical Resource Block) report period for QoS CAC at
the cell level.
ESTIMATION_OPT The policy of the Expected PRB usage calculation. (0: auto,
1:manual).
- EstimationOption_auto(0) : The PRB Usage is automatically
calculated.
- EstimationOption_manual(1) : The PRB Usage is manually
calculated.
Command Format
RTRV-ENB-CAC;
Command Description
Retrieves the capacity based CAC (call admission control) parameter information of the eNBs in
the BS. This command performs call count based CAC at the eNB level. It also retrieves the
threshold information and the MAX call count information required for CAC at the eNB level.
TIMEOUT 10
MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT The limit for capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the
eNB level. The number of calls that can be allowed by the eNB.
Command Format
RTRV-QCAC-PARA: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the active QoS (Quality of Service) CAC (call admission control) parameter in the
eNB. QoS CAC is performed at the cell level, for QCI of each GBR bearer. Retrieves the thresh-
old by QCI for performing QoS CAC and retrieves the threshold for determining congestion
state of the active cell.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed or 0~8 NONE 0
retrieved.
UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO The threshold of uplink Handover calls that can be assigned per
cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calcu-
lated as 'PRB percentage'. When a Handover call is requested, if
the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the
QoS CAC Fail is generated.
Command Format
RTRV-SON-ANR;
Command Description
Retrieves the parameter information for the SON ANR function.
TIMEOUT 10
DEFAULT_WEIGHT The default weight for a new neighbor relation (NR). A neigh-
boring cell newly added has a disadvantage in both of the han-
dover attempt rate and the handover success rate, when
determining its priority. Therefore, the default weight specified
by this parameter value is given to the newly added neighboring
cells during the specified period of time (DEFAULT_PERIOD).
the newly added NRs and they are handled so that they are not
added to the blacklist.
HO_SUCCESS_WEIGHT The weight given to the handover success rate when calculating
the NR ranking. The NR ranking is determined by default in
consideration of handover success and failure rates of each
neighboring cell with success rates weighted.
LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE The lowest attempt rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs
that fail to meet HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to pre-
vent a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose
attempt rate is lower than this parameter value, and whose suc-
cess rate is lower than LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI are
included in the handover blacklist.
LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI The lowest success rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs
that fail to meet HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to pre-
vent a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose suc-
cess rate is lower than the HO KPI multiplied by this parameter
value, and whose attempt rate is lower than
LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE are included in the handover
blacklist.
UPPER_HO_TO_BLACK_RATE The upper limit of the handover attempt rate to the black cell to
be deleted from the blacklist. During handover from cell A to
cell B, if the handover to wrong cell event occurs and the fre-
quency of reconnecting to neighboring cells managed by the
blacklist exceeds this parameter, the NR is returned to NRT
from the blacklist.
Command Format
RTRV-SRB-RLC: [SRB_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the parameters required to operate the RLC protocol. The number of AMD PDU
retransmissions per SRB ID. PollByte and PollPDU for poll triggering, the poll retransmission
timer, the loss detection timer, and the STATUS_PDU prohibit timer can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
SRB_ID The ID of SRB to retrieve. 1~2 NONE 1
- 1: Information on SRB1.
- 2: Information on SRB2.
TIMER_REORDERING The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC
entity.
Command Format
RTRV-QCIDSCP-MAP: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) mapping by QCI.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
QCI QCI(Qos Class Identifier) value for which 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
the DSCP mapping information will be
set.
DSCP DSCP value that will be set for the specified traffic type (QCI).
Command Format
RTRV-DSCPCOS-MAP: [DSCP];
Command Description
Retrieves the COS mapping information by Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP). The
COS value mapped to a DSCP value is marked as VLAN TAG.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DSCP DSCP value for which the COS mapping 0 ~ 63 NONE 0
information will be set.
COS The CoS value that will be set for the specified DSCP value.
Command Format
RTRV-QCI-VAL: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The information is used by the
Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (EUTRAN) in the eNB. The configuration
parameters of each QCI consist of Status, Resource Type, Priority, Packet Delay Budget (PDB),
Packet Error Loss Rate (PELR), and Backhaul Service Group.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
QCI QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
The standard QCIs defined in the stan-
dard documents is 1 to 9. The user can
use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
PRIORITY The priority of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The range is
PDB Packet Delay Budget (PDB) of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI).
- ci_pdb50msec: PDB of the QCI to 50 msec.
- ci_pdb100msec: PDB of the QCI to 100 msec.
- ci_pdb150msec: PDB of the QCI to 150 msec.
- ci_pdb200msec: PDB of the QCI to 200 msec.
- ci_pdb250msec: PDB of the QCI to 250 msec.
- ci_pdb300msec: PDB of the QCI to 300 msec.
- ci_pdb350msec: PDB of the QCI to 350 msec.
- ci_pdb400msec: PDB of the QCI to 400 msec.
- ci_pdb450msec: PDB of the QCI to 450 msec.
- ci_pdb500msec: PDB of the QCI to 500 msec.
PELR Packet Error Loss Rate (PLER) of the QoS Class Identifier
(QCI).
- ci_pler10_2: The PLER's QCI is 10^-2.
- ci_pler10_3: The PLER's QCI is 10^-3.
- ci_pler10_4: The PLER's QCI is 10^-4.
- ci_pler10_5: The PLER's QCI is 10^-5.
- ci_pler10_6: The PLER's QCI is 10^-6.
- ci_pler10_7: The PLER's QCI is 10^-7.
- ci_pler10_8: The PLER's QCI is 10^-8.
- ci_pler10_9: The PLER's QCI is 10^-9.
BH_SERVICE_GROUP The service group of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The
entered parameter values is used in the backhaul Call Admis-
sion Control (CAC).
- voipService: The QCI uses the Voice of Internet Protocol
(VoIP) service.
- videoService: The QCI uses the video service.
SCHEDULING_TYPE The schedulin type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The
entered parameter values is used in scheduling by MAC Layer.
- Dynamic_scheduling: The QCI uses the Dynamic scheduling.
- SPS_scheduling: The QCI uses SPS scheduling.
Command Format
RTRV-LOCH-INF: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate logical channels.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
QCI QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs
defined in the standard documents is 1 to
9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-
255.
is infinity.
Command Format
RTRV-RLC-INF: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate the RLC protocol. The RLC mode per QCI, number of
the AMD PDU retransmission in the eNB and UE, the PollByte and PollPDU settings for poll
triggering, the poll retransmission timer, the loss detection timer, and the STATUS_PDU prohibit
timer settings can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
QCI QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs
defined in the standard documents is 1 to
9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-
255.
ENB_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU
ENB_TIMER_REORDERING The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC
entity.
UE_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU
retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity.
UE_TIMER_REORDERING The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC
entity.
Command Format
RTRV-PDCP-INF: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves information of the PDCP. The PDCP information to be retrieved are the UM SN size
by QoS class, discard timer, and forward end timer. If a QoS class is not specified, the entire
information on 256 QoS classes is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
QCI QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
The standard QCIs defined in the stan-
dard documents is 1 to 9. The user can
use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
DISCARD_TIMER The Discard timer value for a packet buffer managed per RB in
RLC AM mode. If ACK is not received from the RLC within a
specified period of time, the packet is discarded.
- ci_discardTimer_ms50: 50 msec.
- ci_discardTimer_ms100: 100 msec.
- ci_discardTimer_ms150: 150 msec.
- ci_discardTimer_ms300: 300 msec.
- ci_discardTimer_ms500: 500 msec.
FWD_END_TIMER A period of time when PDCP of target eNB waits for end
marker upon receiving a HO_COMPLETE message. in milli-
seconds.
Command Format
RTRV-GTP-INF;
Command Description
Retrieves information of the GTP. This command can retrieve whether to use keep alive, the
timeout interval, and the sequence number. If KeepAlive is set, the GTP ECHO-REQ message is
sent to S-GW at a specified interval (T3_TIMER_LONG). If the GTP ECHO-RESP message is
not received from S-GW until the next message is sent, transmission is repeated for
N3_REQUEST times at T3_TIMER interval.
TIMEOUT 10
T3_TMR_LONG The interval at which the ECHO-REQ message is sent for peri-
odic Keep Alive. The range is between 60000 and 600000
msec. The default is 60000 (60 seconds). This timer runs only if
KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
Command Format
RTRV-PCCH-CONF;
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the Paging Control Channel (PCCH) in the eNB. Paging is used
when initiating a mobile-terminating connection or triggering UE to re-obtain the system infor-
mation, as well as for sending the Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System (ETWS) indication.
TIMEOUT 10
N_B The parameter required to calculate the paging frame and pag-
ing occasion using the TS 36.304 method, which is a multiple
of defaultPagingCycle.
Command Format
RTRV-PDSCH-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) in the eNB. The
power ratio between a Resource Element (RE) transmitting a reference signal and a RE transmit-
ting data can be set in PDSCH.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
DL_POWER_OPTION The power setting option. The power of the RS per resource
grid is set to a multiple of the power of the data per resource
grID.
- ci_pwrOpt_Same: The power of the RS per resource grid is
the same as that of the data per resource grID.
- ci_pwrOpt_OneHalf: The power of the RS per resource grid
is one and a half times as much as that of the data per resource
grID.
- ci_pwrOpt_Twice: The power of the RS per resource grid is
two times as much as that of the data per resource grID.
- ci_pwrOpt_Half: The power of the RS per resource grid is a
half times as much as that of the data per resource grID.
Command Format
RTRV-PHICH-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) in the eNB.
This command can retrieve PHICH duration and resource settings.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
Command Format
RTRV-PRACH-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH) in the eNB. This
command can retrieve the high speed flag, the PRACH configuration index, the root sequence
index, and the zero correlation zone configuration.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
PRACH_CONFIG_INDEX Index for the preamble format, subframe sent by preamble, and
interval.
ROOT_SEQUENCE_INDEX The first logical root sequence index used to create a random
preamble. Different values should be assigned to neighboring
cells.
Command Format
RTRV-PUSCH-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) in the eNB. This
command can retrieve whether to receive 64-QAM in the eNB and hopping settings.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
Command Format
RTRV-RACH-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration information on the Random Access Channel (RACH) in the eNB.
The information retrieved includes the backoff indicator, number of times to transmit Msg3
HARQ, the number of non-dedicated/dedicated preambles, the power ramping step and the max-
imum number of transmission, and the number of preamble group A/B.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
Command Format
RTRV-TIME-ALIGN: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of a time alignment of UE. If TimeAlignmentTimer is not infinity,
the UE determines that the uplink timing is maintained by receiving the timing advance com-
mand within the timer value. Otherwise, the UE releases the PUCCH and SRS resources.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
Command Format
RTRV-SNDRS-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the UL Sounding Reference Signal in the eNB. This command
can retrieve whether simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK or SR, and SRS is supported,
whether SRS is used in the cell, and SRS MaxUpPts.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
Command Format
RTRV-PWR-PARA: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration information on the Uplink Power Control in the eNB. The informa-
tion retrieved includes the alpha value used in PUSCH Power Control, transmission power set-
tings by PUCCH format, settings for the p0_nominal_PUCCH and p0_nominal_PUSCH, and
UL IOT target value.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
P0_NOMINAL_PUSCH p0NominalPUSCH.
DELTA_PREAMBLE_MSG3 deltaPreambleMsg3.
Command Format
RTRV-BCCH-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH) in the eNB. This com-
mand can retrieve the ModificationPeriodCoeff value used to determine an interval for changing
system information.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
Command Format
RTRV-PUSCH-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) in the eNB. The
n(1)_DMRS value used to determine the cyclic shift value of a PUSCH Reference Signal can be
retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
CYCLIC_SHIFT The n(1)_DMRS value by cell. The cyclic shift value of the
PUSCH reference signal is determined by this value and the
n(2)_DMRS value set in DCI format 0.
Command Format
RTRV-RACH-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the Random Access Channel (RACH) in the eNB. The raRespon-
seWindowSize value that is the period of time during which UE waits for RA Response can be
retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
Command Format
RTRV-CQI-REP: [TRANSMISSION_MODE];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate the CQI reporting. This command can retrieve whether
Wideband CQI or both Wideband CQI and Subband CQI are run by the DL transmission mode.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
TRANSMISSION_ Transmission mode. ci_tm1/ci_tm2/ci_tm3/ NONE ci_tm1
MODE - ci_tm1: Single-antenna port (port 0), ci_tm4/ci_tm5/ci_tm6/
DCI format 1 or 1A is used. ci_tm7/ci_tm8/
- ci_tm2: Transmit diversity, DCI format 1
or 1A is used.
- ci_tm3: Open-loop spatial multiplexing,
DCI format 2A or 1A is used.
- ci_tm4: Closed-loop spatial multiplex-
ing, DCI format 2 or 1A is used.
- ci_tm5: MU-MIMO, DCI format 1D or 1A
is used.
- ci_tm6: Closed-loop rank-1 precoding,
DCI format 1B or 1A is used.
- ci_tm7: Single-antenna port (port 5),
DCI format 1 or 1A is used.
- ci_tm8: Single-antenna port (port 7/port
8), DCI format 2B or 1A is used.
is used.
is used.
- ci_tm5: MU-MIMO, DCI format 1D or 1A is used.
- ci_tm6: Closed-loop rank-1 precoding, DCI format 1B or 1A
is used.
- ci_tm7: Single-antenna port (port 5), DCI format 1 or 1A is
used.
- ci_tm8: Single-antenna port (port 7/port 8), DCI format 2B or
1A is used.
Command Format
RTRV-DPHY-PUSCH: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate dedicated PUSCH. This command can retrieve
betaOffsetACK, betaOffsetCQI, and betaOffsetRI, which determine the degree of resources in
PUSCH to be used in transmitting UCI if it needs to be sent to the uplink in the same subframe
as PUSCH.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed. 0~8 NONE 0
Command Format
RTRV-DPHY-SPS: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate dedicated semiPersistScheduling. This command can
retrieve UL power settings for SPS and whether to use the two-interval SPS pattern.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed. 0~8 NONE 0
Command Format
RTRV-DPHY-SR: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate dedicated SchedulingRequest. This command can
retrieve the maximum number of times to send a scheduling request of UE.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
Command Format
RTRV-ULPWR-CTRL: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate dedicated Uplink Power Control. The information
retrieved includes p0 value per UE for PUSCH/PUCCH, information on whether the accumula-
tion mode is used by TPC, power offsets of PUSCH and SRS, and the L3 filtering coefficient
value used by UE to calculate path.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
per UE.
Command Format
RTRV-DPHY-ULSRS: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate dedicated Uplink Sounding RS. The hopping band-
width and the transmission duration of SRS can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
Command Format
RTRV-DPHY-RLF: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves the dedicated PHY RLF. Parameters used to determine RLF can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
QCI QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
The standard QCIs defined in the stan-
dard documents is 1 to 9. The user can
use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
Command Format
RTRV-DRX-INF: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate DRX. Information on whether DRX , longDRX cycle
is used, whether shortDRX is used, and shortDRX cycle can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
QCI QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
The standard QCIs defined in the stan-
dard documents is 1 to 9. The user can
use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
Command Format
RTRV-DL-SCHED: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of downlink scheduling for the MAC layer in the eNB. The informa-
tion retrieved includes fairness, channel quality, and priority-related scheduler values (alpha,
beta, and gamma).
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
Command Format
RTRV-UL-SCHED: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of uplink scheduling for the MAC layer in the eNB. The information
retrieved includes fairness, channel quality, and priority-related scheduler values (alpha, beta,
and gamma).
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
Command Format
RTRV-TRCH-BSR: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate transport channels. BST-related timer value can be
retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
QCI QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
The standard QCIs defined in the stan-
dard documents is 1 to 9. The user can
use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
PERIODIC_BSRTIMER The Periodic BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per
QCI. For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is
used.
RETX_BSRTIMER The Retx BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per QCI.
For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is used.
Command Format
RTRV-TRCH-INF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate transport channels. The maximum number of times to
re-transmit UL HARQ, whether ttiBundling is used and its band, PHR transmission interval, and
dlPathlossChange value can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed. 0~8 NONE 0
MAX_HARQTX The max HARQ Tx per cell. The UE executes PUSCH retrans-
mission in accordance with this parameter value.
TTI_BUNDLING_BAND The maximum number of RBs per cell to which the users for
whom TTI_BUNDLING is set to true can be assigned.
dling mode.
Command Format
RTRV-EUTRA-FA: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves parameters required to operate priority information on EUTRA FA. If the Cell Num
parameter is entered, the EUTRA FA registered to the corresponding cell is retrieved. If not, the
EUTRA FA information registered to all cells is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-MEAS-FUNC: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves measurements set for each cell in the eNB. If the Cell Num parameter is entered, the
measurement information registered to the corresponding cell is retrieved. If not, all measure-
ment information is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed. 0~8 NONE 0
S_MEASURE The quality threshold of the serving cell used by the UE to con-
trol measurement for the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and
inter-RAT neighboring cells.
Command Format
RTRV-MSGAP-INF;
Command Description
Retrieves the measurement gap set for each cell in the eNB. The measurement gap retrieved is
necessary to measure SON ANR, inter-FA, and inter-RAT.
TIMEOUT 10
GAP_USE_FOR_ANR Whether the measurement gap is used for the SON ANR func-
tion. The default is False.
- False: Measurement gap is not used.
- True: Measurement gap is used.
GAP_PATTERN_FOR_ANR The measurement gap pattern used for SON ANR. The default
is gapPattern0.
- gapPattern0: 0-39.
- gapPattern1: 0-79.
Command Format
RTRV-UTRA-FA: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves priority of UTRA FA. If the CELL_NUM and FA_INDEX parameters are entered, the
information only for the UTRAN FA object registered to the corresponding E-UTRAN served
cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN FA objects is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-EUTRA-A1CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description
Retrieves the EUTRA A1 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered,
the information only for the EUTRAN A1 event report registered to the corresponding E-
UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN A1 event reports are
retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A1. It is currently used to deacti-
vate measurement gap.
- ci_A1PurposeMeasGapDeat. : Deactivates the gap.
- ci_A1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
- ci_A1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Command Format
RTRV-EUTRA-A2CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description
Retrieves the EUTRA A2 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered,
the information only for the EUTRAN A2 event report registered to the corresponding E-
UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN A2 event reports is
retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A2. It is currently used to activate
measurement gap and PS-redirection.
- ci_A2PurposeMeasGapAct: Activates gap.
- ci_A2PurposeRedirection: PS Redirecdtion.
-ci_A2PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
- ci_A2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Command Format
RTRV-EUTRA-A3CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description
Retrieves the EUTRA A3 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered,
the information only for the EUTRAN A3 event report registered to the corresponding E-
UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN A3 event reports is
retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A3. It is currently used for intra-
LTE handover and the SON ANR function.
- ci_A3PurposeIntraLteHandover: Intra-LTE handover.
- ci_A3PurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.
- ci_A3PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Command Format
RTRV-EUTRA-A4CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description
Retrieves the EUTRA A4 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered,
the information only for the EUTRAN A4 event report registered to the corresponding E-
UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN A4 event reports is
retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A4. It is currently used for intra-
LTE handover and the SON ANR function.
- ci_A4PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR.
- ci_A4PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
- ci_A4PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Command Format
RTRV-EUTRA-A5CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description
Retrieves the EUTRA A5 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered,
the information only for the EUTRAN A5 event report registered to the corresponding E-
UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN A5 event reports is
retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A5. Not in current use. The defini-
tion is made for later use.
- ci_A5PurposeIntraLteHandover: Intra-LTE handover.
- ci_A5PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
- ci_A5PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Command Format
RTRV-EUTRA-PRD: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description
Retrieves the EUTRA periodic criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are
entered, the information only for the EUTRAN periodic report registered to the corresponding
E-UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN periodic reports is
retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
PURPOSE The purpose for using the EUTRA periodic report. It is cur-
rently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC) and ReportCGI
functions.
- ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.
- ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: Report CGI.
- ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
Command Format
RTRV-UTRA-B1CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description
Retrieves the UTRA B1 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the
information only for the UTRAN B1 event report registered to the corresponding E-UTRAN
served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN B1 event reports is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-UTRA-B2CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description
Retrieves the UTRA B2 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the
information only for the UTRAN B2 event report registered to the corresponding E-UTRAN
served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN B2 event reports is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
TIME_TO_TRIGGER timeToTrigger value for the UTRA Event B2. The timeToTrig-
ger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to
trigger a measurement report.
REPORT_AMOUNT The number of measurement reports for the UTRA Event B2.
Command Format
RTRV-UTRA-PRD: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description
Retrieves the UTRA periodic criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are
entered, the information only for the UTRAN periodic report registered to the corresponding E-
UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN periodic reports is
retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
PURPOSE The purpose for using the UTRA periodic report. It is currently
used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC), ReportStrongestCellsFor-
SON and ReportCGI functions.
- ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.
- ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCellsForSON: SON.
- ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: CGI.
Command Format
RTRV-QUANT-EUTRA: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves quantity settings for EUTRA measurement. The eNB sends coefficient values to be
used in EUTRA measurement to UE, which, in turn, applies the values for EUTRA cell mea-
surement.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed. 0~8 NONE 0
Command Format
RTRV-QUANT-UTRA: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves quantity settings for UTRA FDD/TDD measurement. The eNB sends coefficient val-
ues to be used in UTRA measurement to UE, which, in turn, applies the values for UTRA TDD/
FDD cell measurement.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed. 0~8 NONE 0
Command Format
RTRV-UTRA-RESEL: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the UTRAN FA reselection information. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parame-
ters are entered, the information only for the UTRAN FA reselection registered to the corre-
sponding E-UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN FA
reselections is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed or 0~8 NONE 0
retrieved.
T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH The high timer value of the scaling factors related to UTRAN
FA reselection.
- ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the high timer.
- ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the high timer.
- ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the high timer.
- ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the high timer.
Command Format
RTRV-ROHC-INF: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves the Robust Header Compression (ROHC) protocol. The information retrieved includes
whether ROHC is run for each QoS class and the supported profile types. If a QoS class is not
specified, the entire information on 256 QoS classes is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
QCI QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
The standard QCIs defined in the stan-
dard documents is 1 to 9. The user can
use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
are supported.
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16384: Up to 16384 sessions per
call are supported.
Command Format
RTRV-SECU-INF;
Command Description
Retrieves the current preferred integrity protection and the ciphering algorithm of the eNB.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-NBR-ENB: [NBR_ENB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves information on the neighboring eNB to the eNB. If the index parameter of the neigh-
boring eNB is entered, the information for a certain neighboring eNB is retrieved, If not, the
information for all neighboring eNBs is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
NBR_ENB_INDEX Index of the neighboring eNB. The value 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
entered when registering the neighboring
eNB is used.
OWNER_TYPE This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be
classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created
by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.
REMOTE_FLAG This parameter defines the target eNB is managed local EMS or
other EMS
Command Format
RTRV-NBR-UTRAN: [CELL_NUM], [RELATION_IDX];
Command Description
Retrieves information on UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. If the CELL_NUM and
RELATION_INDEX parameters are entered, the information for a certain UTRAN neighboring
cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN neighboring cells is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
LAC The location area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
RAC The routing area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
OWNER_TYPE This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be
Command Format
RTRV-MME-CONF: [MME_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves MME-related parameters. The information retrieved includes MME Equip, active
State indicating whether S1 is used, MME IP, and secondary MME IP.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
MME_INDEX The index used to access the information. 0 ~ 15 NONE 0
Since there are a total of 16 MMEs that
can be connected to an eNB, the index
range is 0 to 15.
assigned.
SECONDARY_MME_IPV4 The secondary IP address of the IPv4 type set in the MME node
to support the SCTP Multi Homing function. It is valid only if
the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4.
SECONDARY_MME_IPV6 The secondary IP address of the IPv6 type set in the MME node
to support the SCTP Multi Homing function. It is valid only if
the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6.
Command Format
RTRV-SONFN-CELL: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the flag for the SON function controlled by the cell. There can be 3 operation modes,
which are Function Off, Manual Apply and Auto Apply or 2 operation modes, which are Func-
tion Off and Auto Apply.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed. 0~8 NONE 0
deletion (X2-based).
- sonManualApply: The NR adding and NR ranking are per-
formed automatically. The management of HO Black List and
NR deletion are performed manually.
- sonAutoApply: The NR adding and NR ranking, managing
HO Black List, NR deleting, and NR adding are performed
automatically.
tion.
SON_SRS_FUNC_ENABLE Whether to enable the SRS SON function, (one of the SON
functions).
- OFF: The function is turned off.
- Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is applied automatically.
Command Format
RTRV-SON-DLICIC: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information on parameters related to Downlink Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation
(DL ICIC). It is defined as one of the scheduler functions of the eNB system. It is set as a sepa-
rate flag unlike other SON functions. Manual Apply is disabled.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM cell index (number) 0~8 NONE 0
Command Format
RTRV-SON-ULICIC: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information on parameters related to Uplink Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation (UL
ICIC). It is defined as one of the scheduler functions of the eNB system. It is set as a separate
flag unlike other SON functions. Manual Apply is disabled.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
Command Format
RTRV-SON-MRO;
Command Description
Retrieves the parameters used in the SON MRO (Mobility Robustness Optimization) function.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-CLOCK-CTRL: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information required for Modem/DSP clock settings (advance/retard). A period of
time for the eNB to transmit/receive DU signals changes according to the value entered in the
clock advance/retard parameter. The value for UL timing advance in UE decreases if increasing
the clock advance/retard without changing the RU setting.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed. 0~8 NONE 0
Command Format
RTRV-BHBW-QCI: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves parameter information for backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC) per QoS Class
Identifier (QCI) enabled in the eNB. Backhaul-based CAC is enabled per QCI or service group
on GBR bearers. Retrieves thresholds to enable backhaul-based CAC per QCI.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
QCI QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
The standard QCIs defined in the stan-
dard documents is 1 to 9. The user can
use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
Command Format
RTRV-SCTP-PARA;
Command Description
Retrieves SCTP-related parameters. The retrieved information is necessary for SCTP to estab-
lish/maintain connections with a peer.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-BHBW-SVCGR: [SERVICE_GROUP];
Command Description
Retrieves parameter information for backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC) per service group
enabled in the eNB. Backhaul-based CAC is enabled per QCI or service group on GBR bearers.
Retrieves thresholds to enable backhaul-based CAC per service group.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
SERVICE_GROU Service group. voipService/videoSer- NONE voipSer
P - voipService: Service group that uses vice/ vice
the Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP)
service.
- videoService: Service group that uses
the video service.
Command Format
RTRV-SON-SO;
Command Description
Retrieves parameter information on the SON self-optimization. The following functions are
related to the parameters that can be retrieved:.
-RRH Optic Delay Compensation measures RRH-specific optical delay when initially installing
RRH or if an optical delay change occurs and calculates Tx and Rx time buffer by a formula.
The calculated time buffer is sent to the RRH for RRH delay compensation. The TX_TBMAX
and RX_TBMAX values that can be changed by using this command are necessary to calculate
the time buffer.
- Related commands The operation of RRH optic delay compensation is determined by the
DELAY_COMPENSATION_ENABLE parameter value of the CHG-SONFN-ENB command.
If the value is sonFuncOff, compensation is disabled. If the value is sonAutoApply, compensa-
tion is enabled. The TX_TBMAX and RX_TBMAX parameters can be changed with CHG-
SON-SO command.
TIMEOUT 10
RX_TBMAX The maximum Tx Time Buffer value. The value that can be set
by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH.
Assuming the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is
d_max (km), the maximum UL CPRI hopping delay is h_max
(ns), the maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is
N_max, and the maximum Tx processing delay is PD_max,
TX_TBMAX can be calculated using the following formula.
However, this formula is based on the basic concept of Max
Timer buffer, and thus can be changed due to various factors in
an actual network design. RX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max +
(N_max-1) * h_max + PD_max
Command Format
CHG-ENB-INF: [BH_LINK_CAPACITY], [DL_CRS_PORT_COUNT];
Command Description
Changes the eNB's default information. Defaults except the backhaul capacity and SCTP Port
cannot be changed during operation since they are entered when the eNB is established.
TIMEOUT 10
BH_LINK_CAPACITY Total backhaul link capacity of the eNB (in Kbps, 0-10G,
default 1G).
Command Format
CHG-HO-OPT: [ERAB_INTERACTION], [USED_NBR_LIST], [UPLINK_FORWARD],
[NUM_OF_ENB], [RIM_ENABLE], [MME_SELECT_FACTOR_FOR_RIM];
Command Description
Changes handover information. The user can retrieve the E-RAB iteration method set in the
eNB, whether to include neighboring cell list (NCL), and whether to forward uplink data in the
target eNB.
TIMEOUT 10
USED_NBR_LIST The method for providing the neighboring cell list included in
MeasObjectEUTRA of the RRC Connection Reconfiguration
message.
- 0: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is not dB0 are only
included in the list (by algorithm).
- 1: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is dB0 are also
included in the list (force-used).
UPLINK_FORWARD Whether to forward uplink data in the target base station during
handover.
- 0: Uplink data forwarding is disabled.
- 1: Uplink data forwarding is enabled.
Command Format
CHG-TIMER-INF: [RRC_CONNECTION_SETUP], [RRC_CONNECTION_RECONFIG],
[RRC_CONNECTION_RE_ESTABLISH], [RRC_SECURITY_MODE_COMMAND],
[RRC_UE_CAPABILITY_ENQUIRY], [RRC_CONNECTION_RELEASE],
[RRC_HANDOVER_PREPARATION], [RRC_UE_INFORMATION_REQUEST], [S1_SETUP],
[S1_UPDATE], [S1_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT], [S1_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT],
[S1_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP], [S1_ERAB_RELEASE_INDICATION],
[S1_UE_CONTEXT_RELEASE], [S1_PATH_SWITCH], [S1_HANDOVER_PREPARATION],
[S1_RELOC_OVERALL], [S1_HANDOVER_CANCEL], [X2_SETUP], [X2_SETUP_TIME_TO_WAIT],
[X2_UPDATE], [X2_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT], [X2_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT],
[X2_HANDOVER_PREPARATION], [X2_RELOC_OVERALL], [X2_STORE_UE_CONTEXT],
[INTERNAL_RESOURCE_SETUP], [INTERNAL_RESOURCE_RELEASE],
[INTERNAL_SECURITY_CONTROL], [INTERNAL_RRC_DATA_TRANSFER],
[INTERNAL_FORWARDING_PATH_SETUP], [INTERNAL_REESTALISH_CONTROL],
[INTERNAL_BUFFER_FLUSH], [INTERNAL_DATA_TRANSFER_START],
[INTERNAL_DATA_FORWARD_END_IND], [INTERNAL_REESTABLSH_TIME_TO_WAIT],
[INTERNAL_USER_INACTIVITY], [INTERNAL_SIGNALING_INACTIVITY],
[INTERNAL_NO_WAIT_RETRY], [INTERNAL_RRC_RESET], [INTERNAL_ENB_RESET],
[INTERNAL_SOLICIT_MEASUREMENT_REPORT], [INTERNAL_RTDINFO_REQ], [RIM_RIR],
[RIM_RIAE], [INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_CHANGE], [INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_PDCP_CONTROL];
Command Description
Changes the timer values used by the ECCB blocks in the eNB. The user can change the timer
value used for exchanging messages with the UE, MME and Naver eNB, and by other ECCB
blocks when a call is set up.
TIMEOUT 10
RRC_CONNECTION_RELEASE The time to wait for reception of the message from the PDCB
block confirming that the RrcConnectionRelease message was
successfully sent after sending it from the eNB to the UE.
S1_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT The retry count for the eNB configuration update procedure
when the eNBConfigurationUpdateFailure message is received
from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the eNB-
ConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.
X2_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT The retry count for the X2 eNB configuration update procedure
when the eNBConfigurationUpdateFailure message is received
from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the X2
eNBConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.
X2_RELOC_OVERALL The time to wait for the UEContextRelease message from the
target eNB after receiving the HandoverRequestAcknowledge
message from the target eNB and handover is complete.
INTERNAL_RESOURCE_SETUP The time to wait for a response after sending the setup message
to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for setting up
resources inside the eNB.
INTERNAL_RESOURCE_RELEASEThe time to wait for a response after sending the release mes-
sage to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for releasing
resources inside the eNB.
INTERNAL_SECURITY_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending the control mes-
sage to the PDCP entity for security control inside the eNB.
INTERNAL_BUFFER_FLUSH The time between buffer flush message transmission and recep-
tion of its response. The flush message is sent to flush the buffer
of the PDCP entity after receiving UEContextRelease (X2) and
UEContextReleaseCommand (S1) at handover.
INTERNAL_RRC_RESET The time to wait for multiple UEs to be released after sending
the RrcConnectionRelease to the UEs at eNB reset.
INTERNAL_ENB_RESET The time to wait for a response after sending the CallDelete
message to the internal entities for releasing the entities inside
the eNB at eNB reset.
INTERNAL_RTDINFO_REQ The time to wait for reception of the RTDInfoCnf message after
sending RTDInfoReq to MAC for obtaining the RTD informa-
tion.
RIM_RIR The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct
Information Transfer (RAN-INFORMATION-REQUEST) to
the MME.
RIM_RIAE The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct
Information Transfer (RAN-INFORMATION-APPLICATION-
ERROR) to the MME.
Command Format
CHG-CELL-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [PHY_CELL_ID], [CELL_TYPE], [DUPLEX_TYPE],
[DL_ANT_COUNT], [UL_ANT_COUNT], [EARFCN_DL], [EARFCN_UL], [DL_BANDWIDTH],
[UL_BANDWIDTH], [FREQUENCY_BAND_INDICATOR], [GROUP_ID], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Change cell information This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forced-
ModeFlag is set to True.
TIMEOUT 10
DL_ANT_COU Tx antenna count used by the active cell. ci_n1TxAntCnt/ NONE ci_n2Tx
NT - ci_n1TxAntCnt: 1 Tx antenna is used. ci_n2TxAntCnt/ AntCnt
- ci_n2TxAntCnt: 2 Tx antennas are used. ci_n4TxAntCnt/
- ci_n4TxAntCnt: 4 Tx antennas are used.
Command Format
CHG-BLACK-LIST: CELL_NUM, BLACK_LIST_IDX, [STATUS], [PCI_TYPE], [START_PCI],
[PCI_RANGE], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL];
Command Description
Changes the blacklist cell information for each cell in the eNB. This command can change the
information on the blacklist, which is registered in the cell by entering the cell number and
blacklist index.
TIMEOUT 10
PCI_TYPE Physical cell ID type of the blacklist cell. ci_singlePci/ NONE ci_singl
- ci_singlePci: Single PCI. ci_rangedPci/ ePci
- ci_rangedPci: PCI range.
START_PCI The starting physical cell ID for the blacklist 0 ~ 503 NONE 0
cell.
PCI_RANGE Range from the starting physical cell ID of ci_rangePCI_n4/ NONE ci_rang
the blacklist cell. Not used if it is a single ci_rangePCI_n8/ ePCI_n
physical cell ID type. ci_rangePCI_n12/ 4
ci_rangePCI_n16/
ci_rangePCI_n24/
ci_rangePCI_n32/
ci_rangePCI_n48/
ci_rangePCI_n64/
ci_rangePCI_n84/
ci_rangePCI_n96/
ci_rangePCI_n128/
ci_rangePCI_n168/
ci_rangePCI_n252/
ci_rangePCI_n504/
PCI_RANGE Range from the starting physical cell ID of the blacklist cell.
Not used if it is a single physical cell ID type.
Command Format
CHG-CELL-ACS: CELL_NUM, [CELL_BARRED], [INTRA_FREQ_CELL_RESELECT],
[BARRING_CTR_USAGE];
Command Description
Changes the cell access parameters in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE through
SIB (System Information Block) 1.
TIMEOUT 10
lected.
- ci_intraFreqReselect_notAllowed: An intra-frequency cell is
considered barred.
BARRING_CTR_USAGE Whether barring control type is applied when setting the ac-
BarringInfo for SIB2.
- barringOff : Not assigns the ac-BarringInfo parameter.
-manualCtrl : using manual barring control.
-cpuStatusCtrl : using auto barring control according to CPU
Overlad.
Command Format
CHG-CELL-RSEL: CELL_NUM, [Q_HYST], [Q_HYST_SFMEDIUM], [Q_HYST_SFHIGH];
Command Description
Changes information on the cell reselection parameters in the eNB. This information is broad-
cast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 3.
TIMEOUT 10
Q_HYST Offset value added to the current serving cell from the cell rese-
lection reference. ci_q_Hyst_dB1 indicates 1dB, and
ci_q_Hyst_dB2 2dB.
Q_HYST_SFMEDIUM The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current
serving cell is Medium in the cell reselection condition. This
parameter, in order to apply to change,
SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAGE of CHG-
MOBIL-STA is set to CI_use.
Q_HYST_SFHIGH The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current
serving cell is High in the cell reselection condition.
ci_Q_HystSF_dB_6 indicates -6dB, and ci_Q_HystSF_dB_4 -
4dB. This parameter, in order to apply to change,
SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAGE of CHG-
MOBIL-STA is set to CI_use.
Command Format
CHG-CELL-SEL: CELL_NUM, [Q_RXLEV_MIN], [Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE],
[Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET], [P_MAX_USAGE], [P_MAX], [REL9_SEL_INFO_USAGE],
[Q_QUAL_MIN], [Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE], [Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET];
Command Description
Changes the cell selection parameter in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE
through SIB (System Information Block) 1.
TIMEOUT 10
Q_RXLEV_MIN The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell
selection condition.
Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condi-
tion.
- CI_no_use: qRxlevminoffset value is not added to qRxlev-
min.
- CI_use: qRxlevminoffset value is added to qRxlevmin.
Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condi-
tion. The range is 1-8, where 1 indicates 2dB, and 8 indicates
16dB (IE value*2[dB]).
P_MAX_USAGE Whether UE can use the maximum power for uplink transmis-
sion in cells.
- CI_no_use: UE uses the maximum power according to its
capability.
- CI_use: UE uses the maximum power set in pMax.
P_MAX The value used for limiting uplink transmission power and cal-
culating the compensation (see 5.2.3.2 of 3GPP TS 36.304)
parameter.
Q_QUAL_MIN The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell
selection condition. The value is in dB.
Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE Whether to set the offset value added to qQualMin based on the
cell selection condition.
- CI_no_use: The qQualMinOffset value is not added to qQual-
Min.
- CI_use: The qQualMinOffset value is added to qQualMin.
Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET The offset value added to qQualMin in the cell selection condi-
tion. The value is in dB.
Command Format
CHG-CSGPCI-IDLE: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [CSG_PCIRANGE_USAGE], [PCI_TYPE],
[CSG_PCISTART], [CSG_PCIRANGE], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Changes the PCI related to CSG (close subscriber group) of the cell. If the cell type is set to
CSG, the PCI value or the PCI range of the CSG is included in the SIB for transmission. Also, if
the cell type is set to Macro, whether to include SIB is determined by the usage. This parameter,
in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True.
TIMEOUT 10
PCI_TYPE The PCI type of a CSG cell. Determines ci_singlePci/ NONE ci_rang
whether to use CSG PCI as a range or sin- ci_rangedPci/ edPci
gle.
- ci_singlePci: CSG PCI is used as a sin-
gle.
- ci_rangedPci: CSG PCI is used as a
range.
CSG_PCISTAR The PCI start value of the CSG cell. 0 ~ 503 NONE 420
T
PCI_TYPE The PCI type of a CSG cell. Determines whether to use CSG
PCI as a range or single.
- ci_singlePci: CSG PCI is used as a single.
- ci_rangedPci: CSG PCI is used as a range.
CSG_PCIRANGE The PCI range of the CSG cell. The range includes the start
value.
Command Format
CHG-SIB-INF: CELL_NUM, [SIB2_PERIOD], [SIB3_PERIOD], [SIB4_PERIOD],
[SIB5_PERIOD], [SIB6_PERIOD], [SIB7_PERIOD], [SIB8_PERIOD], [SIB9_PERIOD],
[SIB10_PERIOD], [SIB11_PERIOD], [SIB12_PERIOD], [SI_WINDOW],
[WARNING_MSG_TYPE];
Command Description
Changes the System Information Block (SIB) interval of cells. SIB2-SIB12 is sent as an SI (Sys-
tem Information) message and the mapping information for SIB and SI messages of SIB2-SIB12
is included in schedulingInfoList of SIB1. Each SIB is included in its own SI message and SIBs
of the same period are mapped to the same SI message. Multiple SI messages may also be trans-
mitted in the same period. SIB2 is always mapped to the first SI message in the SI message list
of schedulingInfoList.
TIMEOUT 10
SIB4_PERIOD The transmission period for the system ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ NONE ci_rf64
information block type 4 of the cell in the ci_rf64/ci_rf128/
eNB. ci_rf256/ci_rf512/
- ci_rf8: 80 ms. ci_not_used/
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB4 is not sent.
SIB5_PERIOD The transmission period for the system ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ NONE ci_not_u
information block type 5 of the cell in the ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ sed
eNB. ci_rf256/ci_rf512/
- ci_rf8: 80 ms. ci_not_used/
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB5 is not sent.
SIB6_PERIOD The transmission period for the system ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ NONE ci_rf128
information block type 6 of the cell in the ci_rf64/ci_rf128/
eNB. ci_rf256/ci_rf512/
- ci_rf8: 80 ms. ci_not_used/
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB6 is not sent.
SIB8_PERIOD The transmission period for the system ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ NONE ci_not_u
information block type 8 of the cell in the ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ sed
eNB. ci_rf256/ci_rf512/
- ci_rf8: 80 ms. ci_not_used/
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms. ci_not_used: SIB8 is
not sent.
SIB9_PERIOD The transmission period for the system ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ NONE ci_not_u
information block type 9 of the cell in the ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ sed
eNB. ci_rf256/ci_rf512/
- ci_rf8: 80 ms. ci_not_used/
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB9 is not sent.
SIB10_PERIOD The transmission period for the system ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ NONE ci_not_u
information block type 10 of the cell in the ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ sed
eNB. ci_rf256/ci_rf512/
- ci_rf8: 80 ms. ci_not_used/
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB10 is not sent.
SIB12_PERIOD The transmission period for the system ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ NONE ci_not_u
information block type 12 of the cell in the ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ sed
eNB. ci_rf256/ci_rf512/
- ci_rf8: 80 ms. ci_not_used/
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB12 is not sent.
SI_WINDOW The system information window size of the ci_si_WindowLength_m NONE ci_si_Wi
cell in the eNB. Each SI message is related s1/ ndowLe
with one SI window, and does not overlap ci_si_WindowLength_m ngth_m
with SI windows of other SI messages. I.e, s2/ s20
one SI is sent in each SI window. All SI ci_si_WindowLength_m
messages have the same window size. s5/
Corresponding SI messages within the SI ci_si_WindowLength_m
window are sent repeatedly. The range is s10/
as follows:. ci_si_WindowLength_m
-ci_si_WindowLength_ms1: 1 ms. s15/
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms2: 2 ms. ci_si_WindowLength_m
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms5: 5 ms. s20/
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms10: 10 ms. ci_si_WindowLength_m
s40/
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms15: 15 ms.
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms20: 20 ms.
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms40: 40 ms.
WARNING_MS This is the value of Warning Message Type etws/cmas/ NONE etws
G_TYPE
SIB2_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
2 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
SIB3_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
3 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB3 is not sent.
SIB4_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
4 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB4 is not sent.
SIB5_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
5 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB5 is not sent.
SIB6_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
6 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB6 is not sent.
SIB7_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
7 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB7 is not sent.
SIB8_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
8 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms. ci_not_used: SIB8 is not sent.
SIB9_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
9 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB9 is not sent.
SIB10_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
10 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB10 is not sent.
SIB11_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
11 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB11 is not sent.
SIB12_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
12 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB12 is not sent.
SI_WINDOW The system information window size of the cell in the eNB.
Each SI message is related with one SI window, and does not
overlap with SI windows of other SI messages. I.e, one SI is
sent in each SI window. All SI messages have the same window
size. Corresponding SI messages within the SI window are sent
repeatedly. The range is as follows:.
-ci_si_WindowLength_ms1: 1 ms.
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms2: 2 ms.
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms5: 5 ms.
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms10: 10 ms.
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms15: 15 ms.
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms20: 20 ms.
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms40: 40 ms.
Command Format
CHG-MOBIL-STA: CELL_NUM, [SPEED_STATE_RE_SEL_PARS_USAGE], [T_EVALULATION],
[T_HYST_NORMAL], [N_CELL_CHANGE_MEDIUM], [N_CELL_CHANGE_HIGH];
Command Description
Changes the mobility state information. Mobility state information is changed by entering a
CELL_NUM parameter value. The following parameters are used when changing the mobility
states: speedStaeReSelParsUsage, tEvalulation, tHystNormal, nCellChangeMedium and nCell-
ChangeHigh.
TIMEOUT 10
N_CELL_CHANGE_MEDIUM The number of cell change in medium mobility state of the cell
in the eNB.
N_CELL_CHANGE_HIGH The number of cell change in high mobility state of the cell in
the eNB.
Command Format
CHG-TIME-INF: CELL_NUM, [T300], [T301], [T302], [T304], [CCO_T304], [T310],
[T311], [T320], [N310], [N311];
Command Description
Changes the UE timer constant in the eNB. This information includes the UE-timers and con-
stants broadcasted to SIB2 and the UE-specific timer information. The timer values broadcasted
to SIB are t300, t301, t310, n310, and n311. All other values are UE-specific timer values which
are included in the RRC message.
TIMEOUT 10
T302 The timer value which starts after the UE ci_t_302_s1/ NONE ci_t_302
receives the RRC Connection Reject mes- ci_t_302_s2/ _s8
sage. The timer terminates when UE status ci_t_302_s3/
becomes RRC_Connect or a cell is rese- ci_t_302_s4/
lected. When the timer is cleared, the UE ci_t_302_s5/
treats the cell as barred and performs cell ci_t_302_s6/
reselection. The default is 8 seconds, and ci_t_302_s7/
can be changed by the operator. ci_t_302_s8/
- ci_t_302_s1: 1 second. ci_t_302_s9/
- ci_t_302_s2: 2 seconds. ci_t_302_s10/
- ci_t_302_s3: 3 seconds. ci_t_302_s11/
- ci_t_302_s4: 4 seconds. ci_t_302_s12/
ci_t_302_s13/
- ci_t_302_s5: 5 seconds.
ci_t_302_s14/
- ci_t_302_s6: 6 seconds.
ci_t_302_s15/
- ci_t_302_s7: 7 seconds.
ci_t_302_s16/
- ci_t_302_s8: 8 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s9: 9 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s10: 10 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s11: 11 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s12: 12 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s13: 13 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s14: 14 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s15: 15 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s16: 16 seconds.
T310 The timer value which starts after the UE ci_t_310_ms0/ NONE ci_t_310
continuously receives out-of-syncIndica- ci_t_310_ms50/ _ms100
tion as much as N310. Cleared if in-sync ci_t_310_ms100/ 0
indication is received continuously as much ci_t_310_ms200/
as N311, if handover is triggered, or if the ci_t_310_ms500/
reestablishment procedure is triggered. ci_t_310_ms1000/
- ci_t_310_ms0: 0 ms. ci_t_310_ms2000/
- ci_t_310_ms50: 50 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms500: 500 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms2000: 2000 ms.
T300 Timer t300 of the cell in the eNB. The UE starts the t300 timer
after sending RRC Connection Request. When it receives the
RRC Connection Setup message or the RRC Connection Reject
message, the timer is cleared. When the t300 timer terminates,
UE resets the MAC, clears the MAC configuration, and re-
establishes the RLC. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed
by the operator.
- ci_t_300_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms300: 300 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms400: 400 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms600: 600 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms1500: 1500 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms2000: 2000 ms.
T301 Timer t301 of the cell in the eNB. The UE starts the t301 timer
T302 The timer value which starts after the UE receives the RRC
Connection Reject message. The timer terminates when UE sta-
tus becomes RRC_Connect or a cell is reselected. When the
timer is cleared, the UE treats the cell as barred and performs
cell reselection. The default is 8 seconds, and can be changed
by the operator.
- ci_t_302_s1: 1 second.
- ci_t_302_s2: 2 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s3: 3 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s4: 4 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s5: 5 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s6: 6 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s7: 7 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s8: 8 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s9: 9 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s10: 10 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s11: 11 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s12: 12 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s13: 13 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s14: 14 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s15: 15 seconds.
- ci_t_302_s16: 16 seconds.
- ci_t_304_ms50: 50 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms150: 150 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms500: 500 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms.
T310 The timer value which starts after the UE continuously receives
out-of-syncIndication as much as N310. Cleared if in-sync indi-
cation is received continuously as much as N311, if handover is
triggered, or if the reestablishment procedure is triggered.
- ci_t_310_ms0: 0 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms50: 50 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms500: 500 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms2000: 2000 ms.
Command Format
CHG-CAS-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [CSG_IDENTITY], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Changes the CSG cell ID. This information is broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Infor-
mation Block) 1. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedMo-
deFlag is set to True.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-SIB-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [MAX_PACKED_SI_SIZE], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Changes the maximum size of the packed SI that can be sent by the cell. It can be changed only
when the cell is in the idle state. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or
forcedModeFlag is set to True.
TIMEOUT 10
MAX_PACKED_SI_SIZE The maximum size of the packed SI for transmission in the cell.
This value takes into account the DL RB count by bandwidth,
maximum RB count allocated to each SI message, PDSCH RE
count for each RB, payload size of DCI Format 1A, max aggre-
gation level and PDCCH coderate. Recommend values are 9 for
Command Format
CHG-CELL-CAC: CELL_NUM, [CELL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE], [MAX_CALL_COUNT],
[CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO],
[DRB_COUNT_CAC_USAGE], [MAX_DRB_COUNT], [DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL],
[DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [QOS_CAC_OPTION], [QOS_POLICY_OPTION],
[PRB_REPORT_PERIOD], [ESTIMATION_OPT], [PREEMPTION_FLAG], [BH_BW_CAC_USAGE],
[BH_BW_CAC_OPTION];
Command Description
Changes the CAC (call admission control) parameter information of the cells operating within
the eNB. As cell-level CACs, backhaul based CAC, call count based CAC, DRB count based
CAC, and QoS based CAC are performed. Changes threshold, CAC option, and preemption sta-
tus for performing CAC at the cell level.
TIMEOUT 10
MAX_CALL_COUNT The call count limit in the capacity based CAC (call admission
control) at the cell level. The number of calls that can be
allowed by the cell.
not executed.
- CI_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is
executed.
MAX_DRB_COUNT The limit for the E-RAB (E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer)
count in capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the cell
level. The number of E-RABs (E-Utran Radio Access Bearers)
allowed in the cell.
QOS_CAC_OPTION The policy of the QoS (Quality of Service) based CAC (call
admission control) at the cell level.
- QoSCAC_option0: The QoS based CAC function at the cell
level is not used.
- QoSCAC_option1: The QoS-based CAC function per cell is
used.
QOS_POLICY_OPTION The policy used when executing the Quality of Service (QoS)-
based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell.
- QoSPolicy_option0: For a GBR bearer newly requested, the
PRB usage is calculated based on the resource type (GBR or
non-GBR) of the QCI. Then CAC is executed based on the cal-
culated PRB usage. Non-GBRs are always allowed.
- QoSPolicy_option1: For a GBR bearer newly requested, the
PRB usage is calculated based on the priority of the QCI. Then
CAC is executed based on the calculated PRB usage. Non-
GBRs are always allowed.
PRB_REPORT_PERIOD PRB (Physical Resource Block) report period for QoS CAC at
the cell level.
ESTIMATION_OPT The policy of the Expected PRB usage calculation. (0: auto,
1:manual).
- EstimationOption_auto(0) : The PRB Usage is automatically
calculated.
- EstimationOption_manual(1) : The PRB Usage is manually
calculated.
Command Format
CHG-ENB-CAC: [CALL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE], [MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT],
[CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO],
[CHECK_UE_ID_USAGE];
Command Description
Changes the capacity based CAC (call admission control) parameter information of the eNBs in
the BS. This command performs call count based CAC at the eNB level. It also changes the
threshold information and the MAX call count information required for CAC at the eNB level.
TIMEOUT 10
MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT The limit for capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the
eNB level. The number of calls that can be allowed by the eNB.
Command Format
CHG-QCAC-PARA: CELL_NUM, [DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMAL], [DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO],
[UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMAL], [UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO];
Command Description
Changes the active QoS (Quality of Service) CAC (call admission control) parameter in the
eNB. QoS CAC is performed at the cell level, for QCI of each GBR bearer. Changes the thresh-
old by QCI for performing QoS CAC and retrieves the threshold for determining congestion
state of the active cell.
TIMEOUT 10
UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO The threshold of uplink Handover calls that can be assigned per
cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calcu-
lated as 'PRB percentage'. When a Handover call is requested, if
the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the
QoS CAC Fail is generated.
Command Format
CHG-SON-ANR: [MAX_NRTSIZE], [LSM_USAGE_FLAG], [DEFAULT_WEIGHT],
[DEFAULT_PERIOD], [HO_ATTEMPT_WEIGHT], [HO_SUCCESS_WEIGHT],
[LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE], [LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI], [UPPER_HO_TO_BLACK_RATE];
Command Description
Changes the parameter information for the SON ANR function.
TIMEOUT 10
DEFAULT_WEIGHT The default weight for a new neighbor relation (NR). A neigh-
boring cell newly added has a disadvantage in both of the han-
dover attempt rate and the handover success rate, when
determining its priority. Therefore, the default weight specified
by this parameter value is given to the newly added neighboring
cells during the specified period of time (DEFAULT_PERIOD).
HO_SUCCESS_WEIGHT The weight given to the handover success rate when calculating
the NR ranking. The NR ranking is determined by default in
consideration of handover success and failure rates of each
neighboring cell with success rates weighted.
LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE The lowest attempt rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs
that fail to meet HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to pre-
vent a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose
attempt rate is lower than this parameter value, and whose suc-
cess rate is lower than LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI are
included in the handover blacklist.
LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI The lowest success rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs
that fail to meet HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to pre-
vent a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose suc-
cess rate is lower than the HO KPI multiplied by this parameter
value, and whose attempt rate is lower than
LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE are included in the handover
blacklist.
UPPER_HO_TO_BLACK_RATE The upper limit of the handover attempt rate to the black cell to
be deleted from the blacklist. During handover from cell A to
cell B, if the handover to wrong cell event occurs and the fre-
quency of reconnecting to neighboring cells managed by the
blacklist exceeds this parameter, the NR is returned to NRT
from the blacklist.
Command Format
CHG-SRB-RLC: SRB_ID, [TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT], [POLL_PDU], [POLL_BYTE],
[MAX_RETRANSMISSION_THRESHOLD], [TIMER_REORDERING], [TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values required to operate the RLC protocol. The AMD PDU retransmis-
sion count per SRB ID, Poll Byte and Poll PDU settings for poll triggering, Poll Retransmission
timer value, Loss Detection timer value, and STATUS_PDU Prohibit timer value can be
changed.
TIMEOUT 10
TIMER_REORDERING The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC
entity.
Command Format
CHG-QCIDSCP-MAP: QCI, [DSCP];
Command Description
Changes the configured Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) mapping information per
QCI.
TIMEOUT 10
DSCP DSCP value that will be set for the specified traffic type (QCI).
Command Format
CHG-DSCPCOS-MAP: DSCP, [COS];
Command Description
Changes the COS mapping information per Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP). The
COS value mapped to a DSCP value is marked as VLAN TAG.
TIMEOUT 10
COS The CoS value that will be set for the specified DSCP value.
Command Format
CHG-QCI-VAL: QCI, [STATUS], [RESOURCE_TYPE], [PRIORITY], [PDB], [PELR],
[BH_SERVICE_GROUP], [SCHEDULING_TYPE];
Command Description
Changes the configuration information per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The information is used
by the Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (EUTRAN) in the eNB. The status,
resource type, priority, Packet Delay Budget (PDB), Packet Error Loss Rate (PLER) Backhaul
Service Group parameter values per QCI can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
BH_SERVICE_ The service group of the QoS Class Identi- voipService/videoSer- NONE voipSer-
GROUP fier (QCI). The entered parameter values is vice/ vice
used in the backhaul Call Admission Con-
trol (CAC).
- voipService: The QCI uses the Voice of
Internet Protocol (VoIP) service.
- videoService: The QCI uses the video
service.
SCHEDULING_ The schedulin type of the QoS Class Identi- Dynamic_scheduling/ NONE Dynami
TYPE fier (QCI). The entered parameter values is SPS_scheduling/ c_sched
used in scheduling by MAC Layer. uling
- Dynamic_scheduling: The QCI uses the
Dynamic scheduling.
- SPS_scheduling: The QCI uses SPS
scheduling.
PRIORITY The priority of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The range is
between 1 and 16. 1 indicates the highest priority.
PDB Packet Delay Budget (PDB) of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI).
- ci_pdb50msec: PDB of the QCI to 50 msec.
- ci_pdb100msec: PDB of the QCI to 100 msec.
- ci_pdb150msec: PDB of the QCI to 150 msec.
- ci_pdb200msec: PDB of the QCI to 200 msec.
- ci_pdb250msec: PDB of the QCI to 250 msec.
- ci_pdb300msec: PDB of the QCI to 300 msec.
- ci_pdb350msec: PDB of the QCI to 350 msec.
- ci_pdb400msec: PDB of the QCI to 400 msec.
- ci_pdb450msec: PDB of the QCI to 450 msec.
- ci_pdb500msec: PDB of the QCI to 500 msec.
PELR Packet Error Loss Rate (PLER) of the QoS Class Identifier
(QCI).
- ci_pler10_2: The PLER's QCI is 10^-2.
- ci_pler10_3: The PLER's QCI is 10^-3.
- ci_pler10_4: The PLER's QCI is 10^-4.
- ci_pler10_5: The PLER's QCI is 10^-5.
- ci_pler10_6: The PLER's QCI is 10^-6.
- ci_pler10_7: The PLER's QCI is 10^-7.
- ci_pler10_8: The PLER's QCI is 10^-8.
- ci_pler10_9: The PLER's QCI is 10^-9.
BH_SERVICE_GROUP The service group of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The
entered parameter values is used in the backhaul Call Admis-
sion Control (CAC).
SCHEDULING_TYPE The schedulin type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The
entered parameter values is used in scheduling by MAC Layer.
- Dynamic_scheduling: The QCI uses the Dynamic scheduling.
- SPS_scheduling: The QCI uses SPS scheduling.
Command Format
CHG-LOCH-INF: QCI, [PRIORITIZED_BIT_RATE], [BUCKET_SIZE_DURATION],
[LOGICAL_CHANNEL_PRIORITY], [NON_GBRPFWEIGHT];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values needed to operate a logical channel. The bucket size duration, log-
ical channel group ID, logical channel priority, non GBRPFWeight, prioritized bit rate for each
QCI can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
is infinity.
Command Format
CHG-RLC-INF: QCI, [RLC_MODE], [ENB_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT], [ENB_POLL_PDU],
[ENB_POLL_BYTE], [ENB_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD], [ENB_TIMER_REORDERING],
[ENB_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT], [UE_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT], [UE_POLL_PDU],
[UE_POLL_BYTE], [UE_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD], [UE_TIMER_REORDERING],
[UE_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT], [SN_FIELD_LENGTH];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values required to operate the RLC protocol. The RLC mode per QCI,
AMD PDU retransmission count in the eNB and UE, Poll Byte and Poll PDU settings for poll
triggering, Poll Retransmission timer value, Loss Detection timer value, and STATUS_PDU Pro-
hibit timer value can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
ENB_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU
retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity.
ENB_TIMER_REORDERING The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC
entity.
UE_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU
retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity.
UE_TIMER_REORDERING The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC
entity.
Command Format
CHG-PDCP-INF: QCI, [UM_SN_SIZE], [DISCARD_TIMER], [FWD_END_TIMER],
[STATUS_REPORT_REQUIRED];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values of the PDCP protocol. This command can change the UM SN
size, discard timer value, forward end timer value for each of 256 QoS classes. The changes do
not affect the existing calls and are applied only to the new calls.
TIMEOUT 10
DISCARD_TIMER The Discard timer value for a packet buffer managed per RB in
RLC AM mode. If ACK is not received from the RLC within a
specified period of time, the packet is discarded.
- ci_discardTimer_ms50: 50 msec.
- ci_discardTimer_ms100: 100 msec.
- ci_discardTimer_ms150: 150 msec.
- ci_discardTimer_ms300: 300 msec.
- ci_discardTimer_ms500: 500 msec.
- ci_discardTimer_ms750: 750 msec.
- ci_discardTimer_ms1500: 1500 msec.
- ci_discardTimer_infinity: The discard timer is disabled.
(default).
FWD_END_TIMER A period of time when PDCP of target eNB waits for end
marker upon receiving a HO_COMPLETE message. in milli-
seconds.
Command Format
CHG-GTP-INF: [T3_TMR], [T3_TMR_LONG], [N3_REQUEST], [KEEP_ALIVE], [SNN], [ECN];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values of the GTP protocol. The command can change use keep alive, the
timeout interval, and the sequence number. If KeepAlive is set, the GTP ECHO-REQ message is
sent to S-GW at a specified interval (T3_TIMER_LONG). If the GTP ECHO-RESP message is
not received from S-GW until the next message is sent, transmission is repeated for
N3_REQUEST times at T3_TIMER interval.
TIMEOUT 10
T3_TMR_LONG The interval at which the ECHO-REQ message is sent for peri-
odic Keep Alive. The range is between 60000 and 600000
msec. The default is 60000 (60 seconds). This timer runs only if
KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
Command Format
CHG-PCCH-CONF: [DEFAULT_PAGING_CYCLE], [N_B];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Paging Control Channel (PCCH) in the eNB. Paging is used
when initiating a mobile-terminating connection or triggering UE to re-obtain the system infor-
mation, as well as for sending the Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System (ETWS) indication.
TIMEOUT 10
N_B The parameter required to calculate the paging frame and pag-
ing occasion using the TS 36.304 method, which is a multiple
of defaultPagingCycle.
Command Format
CHG-PDSCH-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [DL_POWER_OPTION], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) in the eNB. The
power ratio between a Resource Element (RE) transmitting a reference signal and a RE transmit-
ting data can be set in PDSCH. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or
forcedModeFlag is set to True.
TIMEOUT 10
DL_POWER_OPTION The power setting option. The power of the RS per resource
Command Format
CHG-PHICH-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [PHICH_DURATION], [PHICH_RESOURCE], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) in the eNB.
This command can change PHICH duration and resource settings. This parameter, in order to
apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-PRACH-CONF: CELL_NUM, [PRACH_CONFIG_INDEX], [HIGH_SPEED_FLAG],
[ZERO_CORREL_ZONE_CONFIG], [ROOT_SEQUENCE_INDEX], [PRACH_POSITION];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH) in the eNB. This
command can change the high speed flag, the PRACH configuration index, the root sequence
index, and the zero correlation zone configuration.
TIMEOUT 10
PRACH_CONFIG_INDEX Index for the preamble format, subframe sent by preamble, and
interval.
ROOT_SEQUENCE_INDEX The first logical root sequence index used to create a random
preamble. Different values should be assigned to neighboring
cells.
Command Format
CHG-PUSCH-CONF: CELL_NUM, [N_SB], [HOPPING_MODE], [ENABLE_SIX_FOUR_QAM],
[GROUP_HOPPING_ENABLED], [GROUP_ASSIGNMENT_PUSCH], [SEQUENCE_HOPPING_ENABLED];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) in the eNB. Infor-
mation on whether the eNB can receive 64-QAM, and the hopping settings can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-RACH-CONF: CELL_NUM, [NUMBER_OF_RAPREAMBLES],
[SIZE_OF_RAPREAMBLES_GROUP_A], [MESSAGE_SIZE_GROUP_A],
[MESSAGE_POWER_OFFSET_GROUP_B], [POWER_RAMPING_STEP],
[PREAMBLE_INIT_RCV_TARGET_POWER], [PREAMBLE_TRANS_MAX],
[CONTENTION_RESOLUTION_TIMER], [BACKOFF_INDICATOR_SETUP], [BACKOFF_INDICATOR],
[MAX_HARQMSG3_TX];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Random Access Channel (RACH) in the eNB. The backoff
indicator, number of times to transmit Msg3 HARQ, the number of non-dedicated/dedicated pre-
ambles, the power ramping step and the maximum number of transmission, and the number of
preamble group A/B can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-TIME-ALIGN: CELL_NUM, [TIME_ALIGNMENT_TIMER_COMMON];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of a time alignment of UE. If TimeAlignmentTimer is not infinity, the
UE determines that the uplink timing is maintained by receiving the timing advance command
within the timer value. Otherwise, the UE releases the PUCCH and SRS resources.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-SNDRS-CONF: CELL_NUM, [SRS_USAGE], [ACK_NACK_SRS_SIMUL_TRANSMISSION];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the UL Sounding Reference Signal in the eNB. This command can
change whether simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK or SR, and SRS is supported,
whether SRS is used in the cell, and SRS MaxUpPts.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-PWR-PARA: CELL_NUM, [P0_NOMINAL_PUSCH], [ALPHA], [P0_NOMINAL_PUCCH],
[DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1], [DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1_B], [DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2],
[DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_A], [DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_B], [DELTA_PREAMBLE_MSG3],
[UL_TARGET_IOT], [UL_IOI_THRESHOLD_STEP];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Uplink Power Control in the eNB. The alpha value used in
PUSCH Power Control, transmission power settings by PUCCH format, settings for the
p0_nominal_PUCCH and p0_nominal_PUSCH, and UL IOT target value can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
P0_NOMINAL_PUSCH p0NominalPUSCH.
DELTA_PREAMBLE_MSG3 deltaPreambleMsg3.
Command Format
CHG-BCCH-CONF: CELL_NUM, [MODIFICATION_PERIOD_COEFF];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH) in the eNB. This com-
mand can retrieve the ModificationPeriodCoeff value used to determine an interval for changing
system information.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-PUSCH-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [CYCLIC_SHIFT], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) in the eNB. The
n(1)_DMRS value used to determine the cyclic shift value of a PUSCH Reference Signal can be
changed. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set
to True.
TIMEOUT 10
CYCLIC_SHIFT The n(1)_DMRS value by cell. The cyclic shift value of the
PUSCH reference signal is determined by this value and the
n(2)_DMRS value set in DCI format 0.
Command Format
CHG-RACH-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [RA_RESPONSE_WINDOW_SIZE], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Change RACH(Random Access Channel) Configuration. This parameter, in order to apply the
changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-CQI-REP: TRANSMISSION_MODE, [WIDE_SUBBAND_SELECT];
Command Description
Changes the information required to operate CQI reporting. It can set whether to operate Wide-
band CQI or both of Wideband CQI and Subband CQI per DL transmission mode.
TIMEOUT 10
is used.
- ci_tm4: Closed-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2 or 1A
is used.
- ci_tm5: MU-MIMO, DCI format 1D or 1A is used.
- ci_tm6: Closed-loop rank-1 precoding, DCI format 1B or 1A
is used.
- ci_tm7: Single-antenna port (port 5), DCI format 1 or 1A is
used.
- ci_tm8: Single-antenna port (port 7/port 8), DCI format 2B or
1A is used.
Command Format
CHG-DPHY-PUSCH: CELL_NUM, [BETA_OFFSET_ACKINDEX], [BETA_OFFSET_RIINDEX],
[BETA_OFFSET_CQIINDEX];
Command Description
Changes the information required to operate the dedicated PUSCH. This command can retrieve
betaOffsetACK, betaOffsetCQI, and betaOffsetRI, which determine the degree of resources in
PUSCH to be used in transmitting UCI if it needs to be sent to the uplink in the same subframe
as PUSCH.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-DPHY-SPS: CELL_NUM, [P0_NOMINAL_PUSCHPERSISTENT], [P0_UEPUSCHPERSISTENT],
[SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_DL], [SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_UL],
[TWO_INTERVALS_CONFIG], [SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_DL],
[SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_UL];
Command Description
Changes the information required to operate the dedicated Semi Persist Scheduling (SPS). This
command can retrieve UL power settings for SPS and whether to use the two-interval SPS pat-
tern.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-DPHY-SR: CELL_NUM, [DSR_TRANS_MAX];
Command Description
Changes the information required to operate the dedicated Scheduling Request (SR). The UE's
maximum transmission number of a scheduling request can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-ULPWR-CTRL: CELL_NUM, [P0_UE_PUSCH], [DELTA_MCSENABLED],
[ACCUMULATION_ENABLED], [P0_UE_PUCCH], [P_SRSOFFSET], [FILTER_COEFFICIENT];
Command Description
Changes the information required to operate dedicated Uplink Power Control. The p0 value per
UE for PUSCH/PUCCH, whether the accumulation mode is used by TPC, the power offsets of
PUSCH and SRS, and the L3 filtering coefficient value used by the UE to calculate a path loss
can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-DPHY-ULSRS: CELL_NUM, [SRS_HOPPING_BANDWIDTH], [DURATION];
Command Description
Changes the information required to operate dedicated Uplink Sounding RS. The hopping band-
width of the SRS and the transmission duration of the SRS can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-DPHY-RLF: QCI, [DEDICATED_RLFSETUP], [T301], [T310], [N310], [T311],
[N311];
Command Description
Changes the information on the dedicated PHY RLF. The parameter value used to determine
RLF can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-DRX-INF: QCI, [DRX_CONFIG_SETUP], [ON_DURATION_TIMER_NORMAL],
[DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_NORMAL], [DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_NORMAL],
[LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_NORMAL], [SHORT_DRXCONFIG_SETUP],
[SHORT_DRXCYCLE_NORMAL], [DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_NORMAL],
[DRX_SELECTION_ORDER], [ON_DURATION_TIMER_REPORT_CGI],
[DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_REPORT_CGI], [DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_REPORT_CGI],
[LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_REPORT_CGI], [SHORT_DRXCYCLE_REPORT_CGI],
[DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_REPORT_CGI];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values required to operate the DRX. Information on whether to use the
DRX, the longDRX cycle, whether to use the short DRX, and the short DRX cycle can be
changed.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-DL-SCHED: CELL_NUM, [DL_MIMO_MODE], [ALPHA], [BETA], [GAMMA];
Command Description
Changes the configuration information of downlink scheduling for the MAC layer in the eNB.
Fairness, channel quality, and priority-related scheduler values (alpha, beta, and gamma) can be
changed.
TIMEOUT 10
enable), 10(reserved)
Command Format
CHG-UL-SCHED: CELL_NUM, [ALPHA], [BETA], [GAMMA];
Command Description
Changes the configuration information of uplink scheduling for the MAC layer in the eNB. Fair-
ness, channel quality, and priority-related scheduler values (alpha, beta, and gamma) can be
changed.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-TRCH-BSR: QCI, [PERIODIC_BSRTIMER], [RETX_BSRTIMER];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values required to operate the Transport Channel BSR. BSR-related
timer values can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
PERIODIC_BSRTIMER The Periodic BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per
QCI. For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is
used.
RETX_BSRTIMER The Retx BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per QCI.
For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is used.
Command Format
CHG-TRCH-INF: CELL_NUM, [MAX_HARQTX], [TTI_BUNDLING], [TTI_BUNDLING_BAND],
[PERIODIC_PHRTIMER], [DL_PATHLOSS_CHANGE], [MAX_HARQTX_BUNDLING];
Command Description
Changes the information required to operate transport channels. The maximum UL HARQ
retransmission count, whether to use TTI bundling, the TTI bundling band, the PHR transmis-
sion interval, and the dlPathlossChange value can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
TTI_BUNDLIN The maximum number of RBs per cell to 0 ~ 100 NONE 100
G_BAND which the users for whom TTI_BUNDLING
is set to true can be assigned.
MAX_HARQTX The max HARQ Tx per cell. The UE executes PUSCH retrans-
mission in accordance with this parameter value.
TTI_BUNDLING_BAND The maximum number of RBs per cell to which the users for
whom TTI_BUNDLING is set to true can be assigned.
Command Format
CHG-EUTRA-FA: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [STATUS], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL], [PRIOR-
ITY], [Q_RX_LEV_MIN], [P_MAX_USAGE], [P_MAX], [T_RESELECTION], [SF_USAGE],
[T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM], [T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH], [S_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE],
[S_INTRA_SEARCH], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH],
[THRESH_SERVING_LOW], [THRESH_XHIGH], [THRESH_XLOW], [MESA_BANDWIDTH_USAGE],
[MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH], [PRESENCE_ANT_PORT1], [NEIGH_CELL_CONFIG],
[Q_OFFSET_FREQ], [OFFSET_FREQ], [S_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGE],
[S_INTRA_SEARCH_P], [S_INTRA_SEARCH_Q], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGE],
[S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_P], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_Q], [Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9_USAGE],
[Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9], [THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9_USAGE],
[THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9], [THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9], [THRESH_XLOW_QREL9], [MCC0],
[MNC0], [PREFERENCE0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [PREFERENCE1], [MCC2], [MNC2],
[PREFERENCE2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [PREFERENCE3], [MCC4], [MNC4], [PREFERENCE4],
[MCC5], [MNC5], [PREFERENCE5];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values required to operate the EUTRA FA Priority Information. When
the Cell Num and fa Index parameter values are set as input values, the EUTRA FA information
registered to the specified cell in the eNB can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-MEAS-FUNC: CELL_NUM, [S_MEASURE], [SF_USAGE], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_MEDIUM],
[TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_HIGH];
Command Description
Changes the measurement information registered in a cell in the eNB. When the Cell Num
parameter value is set as an input value, the Meas Config information for the specified cell can
be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
S_MEASURE The quality threshold of the serving cell used by the UE to con-
trol measurement for the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and
inter-RAT neighboring cells.
Command Format
CHG-MSGAP-INF: [GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_FA], [GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_RAT],
[GAP_USE_FOR_ANR], [GAP_PATTERN_FOR_ANR];
Command Description
Changes the measurement gap information registered in a cell in the eNB. When the DB Index
parameter value is entered as an input value, the gap patterns for Inter FA, Inter RAT, and ANR
for the specified DB can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
GAP_PATTERN The measurement gap pattern used for gapPattern0/ NONE gapPatt
_FOR_INTER_ inter-RAT measurement. The default is gapPattern1/ ern0
RAT gapPattern0.
- gapPattern0: 0-39.
- gapPattern1: 0-79.
GAP_USE_FO Whether the measurement gap is used for False/True/ NONE False
R_ANR the SON ANR function. The default is
False.
- False: Measurement gap is not used.
- True: Measurement gap is used.
GAP_PATTERN The measurement gap pattern used for gapPattern0/ NONE gapPatt
_FOR_ANR SON ANR. The default is gapPattern0. gapPattern1/ ern0
- gapPattern0: 0-39.
- gapPattern1: 0-79.
- gapPattern1: 0-79.
GAP_USE_FOR_ANR Whether the measurement gap is used for the SON ANR func-
tion. The default is False.
- False: Measurement gap is not used.
- True: Measurement gap is used.
GAP_PATTERN_FOR_ANR The measurement gap pattern used for SON ANR. The default
is gapPattern0.
- gapPattern0: 0-39.
- gapPattern1: 0-79.
Command Format
CHG-UTRA-FA: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [STATUS], [DUPLEX_TYPE], [UARFCN_UL],
[UARFCN_DL], [PRIORITY], [THRESH_XHIGH], [THRESH_XLOW], [Q_RX_LEV_MIN],
[P_MAX_UTRA], [Q_QUAL_MIN], [OFFSET_FREQ], [THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9],
[THRESH_XLOW_QREL9];
Command Description
Changes the UTRA FA priority information. When the Cell Num and fa Index parameter values
are set as input values, the UTRAN FA information registered to the specified cell in the eNB
can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-EUTRA-A1CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A1_THRESHOLD_RSRP],
[A1_THRESHOLD_RSRQ], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY],
[REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description
Changes the EUTRA A1 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter
values are set as input values, the EUTRAN A1 event report information registered to the speci-
fied E-UTRAN served cell can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A1. It is currently used to deacti-
vate measurement gap.
- ci_A1PurposeMeasGapDeat. : Deactivates the gap.
- ci_A1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
- ci_A1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Command Format
CHG-EUTRA-A2CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A2_THRESHOLD_RSRP],
[A2_THRESHOLD_RSRQ], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY],
[REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description
Changes the EUTRA A2 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter
values are set as input values, the EUTRAN A2 event report information registered to the speci-
fied E-UTRAN served cell can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A2. It is currently used to activate
measurement gap and PS-redirection.
- ci_A2PurposeMeasGapAct: Activates gap.
- ci_A2PurposeRedirection: PS Redirecdtion.
-ci_A2PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
- ci_A2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Command Format
CHG-EUTRA-A3CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A3_OFFSET],
[A3_REPORT_ON_LEAVE], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY],
[REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description
Changes the EUTRA A3 criteria. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are
set as input values, the EUTRAN A3 event report information registered to the specified E-
UTRAN served cell can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A3. It is currently used for intra-
LTE handover and the SON ANR function.
- ci_A3PurposeIntraLteHandover: Intra-LTE handover.
- ci_A3PurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.
- ci_A3PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Command Format
CHG-EUTRA-A4CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A4_THRESHOLD_RSRP],
[A4_THRESHOLD_RSRQ], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY],
[REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description
Changes the EUTRA A4 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter
values are set as input values, the EUTRAN A4 event report information registered to the speci-
fied E-UTRAN served cell can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A4. It is currently used for intra-
LTE handover and the SON ANR function.
- ci_A4PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR.
- ci_A4PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
- ci_A4PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Command Format
CHG-EUTRA-A5CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRP],
[A5_THRESHOLD2_RSRP], [A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRQ], [A5_THRESHOLD2_RSRQ], [HYSTERE-
SIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY], [REPORT_QUANTITY],
[MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description
Changes the EUTRA A5 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter
values are set as input values, the EUTRAN A5 event report information registered to the speci-
fied E-UTRAN served cell can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A5. Not in current use. The defini-
tion is made for later use.
- ci_A5PurposeIntraLteHandover: Intra-LTE handover.
- ci_A5PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
- ci_A5PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Command Format
CHG-EUTRA-PRD: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY],
[REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description
Changes the EUTRA periodic criteria. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values
are set as input values, the EUTRAN Periodic Report information registered to the specified E-
UTRAN served cell can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
PURPOSE The purpose for using the EUTRA periodic report. It is cur-
rently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC) and ReportCGI
functions.
- ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.
- ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: Report CGI.
- ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
Command Format
CHG-UTRA-B1CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [B1_THRESHOLD_UTRA_RSCP],
[B1_THRESHOLD_UTRA_EC_NO], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [MAX_REPORT_CELL],
[REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description
Changes the UTRA B1 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter
values are set as input values, the UTRAN B1 event report information registered to the speci-
fied E-UTRAN served cell can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-UTRA-B2CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [B2_THRESHOLD1_RSRP],
[B2_THRESHOLD1_RSRQ], [B2_THRESHOLD2_UTRA_RSCP], [B2_THRESHOLD2_UTRA_EC_NO],
[HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL],
[REPORT_AMOUNT], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY_EUTRA];
Command Description
Changes the UTRA B2 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter
values are set as input values, the UTRAN B2 event report information registered to the speci-
fied E-UTRAN served cell can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
TIME_TO_TRIGGER timeToTrigger value for the UTRA Event B2. The timeToTrig-
ger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to
trigger a measurement report.
REPORT_AMOUNT The number of measurement reports for the UTRA Event B2.
Command Format
CHG-UTRA-PRD: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [MAX_REPORT_CELL],
[REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description
Changes the UTRA periodic criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE
parameter values are set as input values, the UTRAN Periodic Report information registered to
the specified E-UTRAN served cell can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
ACTIVE_STAT Whether to use the EUTRA periodic report. Inactive/Active/ NONE Inactive
E - Inactive: The UTRA periodic report is not
used.
- Active: The UTRA periodic report is used.
PURPOSE The purpose for using the UTRA periodic report. It is currently
used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC), ReportStrongestCellsFor-
SON and ReportCGI functions.
- ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.
- ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCellsForSON: SON.
- ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: CGI.
Command Format
CHG-QUANT-EUTRA: CELL_NUM, [RSRP_FILTER_COEFFICIENT],
[RSRQ_FILTER_COEFFICIENT];
Command Description
Changes quantity settings for EUTRA measurement. When the Cell Num parameter value is set
as an input value, the EUTRAN-related measurement quantity information registered to the
specified cell can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-QUANT-UTRA: CELL_NUM, [MEAS_QUANTITY_UTRA_FDD], [MEAS_QUANTITY_UTRA_TDD],
[UTRA_FILTER_COEFFICIENT];
Command Description
Changes the quantity settings for UTRA FDD/TDD measurement. When the Cell Num parame-
ter value is set as an input value, the EUTRAN-related measurement quantity information regis-
tered to the specified cell can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
pccpch_RSCP.
Command Format
CHG-UTRA-RESEL: CELL_NUM, [T_RESELECTION], [SF_USAGE],
[T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM], [T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH];
Command Description
Changes the UTRAN FA Reselection information. When the CELL_NUM parameter value is
set as an input value, the UTRAN Reselection information registered to the specified E-UTRAN
served cell can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
T_RESELECTI The medium timer value of the scaling fac- ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ NONE ci_1Dot
ON_SF_MEDIU tors related to UTRAN FA reselection. ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/ 0
M - ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the medium
timer.
- ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the medium
timer.
- ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the medium
timer.
- ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the medium
timer.
T_RESELECTI The high timer value of the scaling factors ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ NONE ci_1Dot
ON_SF_HIGH related to UTRAN FA reselection. ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/ 0
- ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the high
timer.
- ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the high timer.
- ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the high
timer.
- ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the high timer.
T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH The high timer value of the scaling factors related to UTRAN
FA reselection.
- ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the high timer.
- ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the high timer.
- ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the high timer.
- ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the high timer.
Command Format
CHG-ROHC-INF: QCI, [ROHC_SUPPORT], [MAX_CONTEXT_SESSION], [PROFILE0001],
[PROFILE0002], [PROFILE0003], [PROFILE0004], [PROFILE0006], [PROFILE0101],
[PROFILE0102], [PROFILE0103], [PROFILE0104];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values of the RObust Header Compression (ROHC) protocol. Informa-
tion on whether to operate the ROHC per QoS class and the supported profile types per QoS
class can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
are supported.
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16384: Up to 16384 sessions per
call are supported.
Command Format
CHG-SECU-INF: [INTEGRITY_EA_PRIOR], [CIPHER_EA_PRIOR];
Command Description
Changes the preferred integrity protection algorithm and ciphering algorithm of the eNB. When
the DB Index parameter value is set as an input value, the preferred integrity protection algo-
rithm and ciphering algorithm can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-NBR-ENB: NBR_ENB_INDEX, [STATUS], [NO_X2], [NO_HO], [ENB_ID], [ENB_TYPE],
[ENB_MCC], [ENB_MNC], [IP_VER], [NBR_ENB_IPV4], [NBR_ENB_IPV6],
[SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV4], [SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV6], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE],
[REMOTE_FLAG];
Command Description
Changes the neighboring eNB information required to operate a Neighbor eNB. This command
can change the neighboring eNB information by entering the NBR_ENB_INDEX parameter.
TIMEOUT 10
REMOTE_FLAG This parameter defines the target eNB is managed local EMS or
other EMS
Command Format
CHG-NBR-EUTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX, [STATUS], [ENB_ID], [FEMTO_INDICATOR],
[VIRTUAL_INDICATOR], [TARGET_CELL_NUM], [ENB_TYPE], [ENB_MCC], [ENB_MNC],
[PHY_CELL_ID], [TAC], [MCC0], [MNC0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [MCC2], [MNC2], [MCC3],
[MNC3], [MCC4], [MNC4], [MCC5], [MNC5], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL],
[BANDWIDTH_UL], [BANDWIDTH_DL], [IND_OFFSET], [QOFFSET_CELL],
[IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED], [IS_HOALLOWED];
Command Description
Changes information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. This command can change
information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX
parameter values.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-NBR-UTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX, [STATUS], [RNC_ID], [C_ID], [LAC],
[RAC], [MCC0], [MNC0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [MCC2], [MNC2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [MCC4],
[MNC4], [MCC5], [MNC5], [DUPLEX_TYPE], [P_SCM_CODE], [CELL_PARA_ID],
[ARFCN_UL], [ARFCN_DL], [IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED], [IS_HOALLOWED], [VOIP_INCAPABLE],
[RIM_SUPPORT], [HIGH_PRIORITY_FOR_CSFB];
Command Description
Changes information on UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. This command can change infor-
mation on UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX param-
eter values.
TIMEOUT 10
LAC The location area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
RAC The routing area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
Command Format
CHG-MME-CONF: MME_INDEX, [STATUS], [ACTIVE_STATE], [IP_VER], [MME_IPV4],
[MME_IPV6], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [SECONDARY_MME_IPV4],
[SECONDARY_MME_IPV6];
Command Description
Changes the MME-related parameter values. MME Equip, activesState indicating whether S1 is
used, MME IP, and secondary MME IP can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
ACTIVE_STAT The state information on the specified MME Inactive/Active/ NONE Active
E in operation. Of the MMEs for which the S1
Setup is established, if there is an unde-
sired MME, this parameter value must be
changed to Inactive. The default is active. If
the STATUS parameter is set to Equip, it is
better not to change this parameter value to
inactive.
- Active: MME (S1 assigned) is used.
- Inactive: MME (S1 assigned) is not used.
IP_VER The IP address version of the MME. Either IPV4/IPV6/ NONE IPV4
IPv4 or IPv6 is assigned.
MME_IPV4 Information on the IPV4 address of the IPv4 Address NONE -
MME. This parameter value is valid only if
the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4. It is
not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to
IPv6.
MME_IPV6 Information on the IPV6 address of the IPv6 Address NONE -
eNB. This parameter value is valid only if
the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6. It is
not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to
IPv4.
SECONDARY_MME_IPV4 The secondary IP address of the IPv4 type set in the MME node
to support the SCTP Multi Homing function. It is valid only if
the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4.
SECONDARY_MME_IPV6 The secondary IP address of the IPv6 type set in the MME node
to support the SCTP Multi Homing function. It is valid only if
the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6.
Command Format
CHG-SONFN-CELL: CELL_NUM, [ANR_ENABLE], [INTER_RAT_ANR_ENABLE_UTRAN],
[MOBILITY_ROBUSTNESS_ENABLE], [MOBILITY_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLE],
[BLANKING_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLE], [RACH_OPT_ENABLE],
[PICO_SUBBAND_BLANKING_ENABLE], [IDLE_MODE_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLE],
[SON_SRS_FUNC_ENABLE];
Command Description
Changes the flag for the SON function controlled by the cell. There can be 3 operation modes,
which are Function Off, Manual Apply and Auto Apply or 2 operation modes, which are Func-
tion Off and Auto Apply.
TIMEOUT 10
deletion (X2-based).
- sonManualApply: The NR adding and NR ranking are per-
formed automatically. The management of HO Black List and
NR deletion are performed manually.
- sonAutoApply: The NR adding and NR ranking, managing
HO Black List, NR deleting, and NR adding are performed
automatically.
SON_SRS_FUNC_ENABLE Whether to enable the SRS SON function, (one of the SON
functions).
- OFF: The function is turned off.
- Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is applied automatically.
Command Format
CHG-SON-DLICIC: CELL_NUM, [DL_ICIC_TYPE];
Command Description
Changes information on parameters related to Downlink Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation
(DL ICIC). It is defined as one of the scheduler functions of the eNB system. It is set as a sepa-
rate flag unlike other SON functions. Manual Apply is disabled.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-SON-ULICIC: CELL_NUM, [UL_ICIC_TYPE];
Command Description
Changes information on parameters related to Uplink Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation (UL
ICIC). It is defined as one of the scheduler functions of the eNB system. It is set as a separate
flag unlike other SON functions. Manual Apply is disabled.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-SON-MRO: [T_PERIOD], [T_PERIOD_TEMP], [HANDOVER_SUCCESS_KPI],
[N_HANDOVER_THRESH], [OFFSET_MAX], [OFFSET_MIN];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values required for Mobility Robustness Optimization (MRO). A period
of time to collect statistics related to handover data for MRO operation, criteria related to KPI
and handover attempts for triggering MRO, minimum/maximum offset values that can be
changed through MRO,
flags and parameter values for turning on/off the ping-pong optimization and the TTT optimiza-
tion can be changed. It has a significance if SONFN-CELL: mobilityRobustnessEnable:= 1
(Manual Apply) or 2 (Automatic Apply).
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-CLOCK-CTRL: CELL_NUM, [CLOCK_ADVANCE], [CLOCK_RETARD];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values required for the Modem/DSP clock advance/retard settings. A
period of time for the eNB to transmit/receive DU signals changes according to the value entered
in the clock advance/retard parameter. The value for UL timing advance in UE decreases if
increasing the clock advance/retard without changing the RU setting.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-BHBW-QCI: QCI, [BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL],
[BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL],
[BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [OVER_BOOKING_RATIO];
Command Description
Changes parameter information for backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC) per QoS Class
Identifier (QCI) enabled in the eNB. Backhaul-based CAC is enabled per QCI or service group
on GBR bearers. Changes thresholds to enable backhaul-based CAC per QCI.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-SCTP-PARA: [MME_FAILOVER_TIMER], [HEART_BEAT_INTERVAL], [NUM_PATH_RE_TX],
[RTO_INITIAL], [RTO_MIN], [RTO_MAX], [CONNECT_INTERVAL];
Command Description
Changes the SCTP-related parameter values. The changed values are necessary for the SCTP to
establish/maintain a connection with a peer.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-BHBW-SVCGR: SERVICE_GROUP, [BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL],
[BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL],
[BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [OVER_BOOKING_RATIO];
Command Description
Changes parameter information for backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC) per service group
enabled in the eNB. Backhaul-based CAC is enabled per QCI or service group on GBR bearers.
Changes thresholds to enable backhaul-based CAC per service group.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-SON-SO: [TX_TBMAX], [RX_TBMAX];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values related to SON self-optimization. The following functions are
related to the parameters that can be retrieved: - RRH Optic delay compensation measures RRH-
specific optical delay when initially installing RRH or if an optical delay change occurs and cal-
culates Tx and Rx time buffer by a formula. The calculated time buffer is sent to the RRH for
RRH delay compensation. The TX_TBMAX and RX_TBMAX values that can be retrieved by
using this command are necessary to calculate the time buffer.
- Related commands The operation of RRH optic delay compensation is determined by the
DELAY_COMPENSATION_ENABLE parameter value of the CHG-SONFN-ENB command.
If the value is SON FuncOff, the compensation function is not executed. If the value is sonAuto-
Apply, the compensation function is executed. The TX_TBMAX and RX_TBMAX parameter
values can be retrieved using the RTRV-SON-SO command.
TIMEOUT 10
RX_TBMAX The maximum Tx Time Buffer value. The value that can be set
by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH.
Assuming the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is
d_max (km), the maximum UL CPRI hopping delay is h_max
(ns), the maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is
N_max, and the maximum Tx processing delay is PD_max,
TX_TBMAX can be calculated using the following formula.
However, this formula is based on the basic concept of Max
Timer buffer, and thus can be changed due to various factors in
an actual network design. RX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max +
(N_max-1) * h_max + PD_max
Command Format
CHG-SIGDSCP-DATA: CLASS_ID, [DSCP];
Command Description
Changes Signal DSCP Data in the eNB.
TIMEOUT 10
DSCP DSCP value that will be set for the speci- 0 ~ 63 NONE 40
fied Signal ClassID.
DSCP DSCP value that will be set for the specified Signal ClassID.
Command Format
CRTE-BLACK-LIST: CELL_NUM, BLACK_LIST_IDX, [STATUS], [PCI_TYPE], [START_PCI],
[PCI_RANGE], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL];
Command Description
Creates the blacklist cell information for each cell in the eNB. The information on the blacklist
cell for each cell in the eNB. The information is sent to the UE when executing a basic call.
TIMEOUT 10
PCI_TYPE Physical cell ID type of the blacklist cell. ci_singlePci/ NONE ci_singl
- ci_singlePci: Single PCI. ci_rangedPci/ ePci
- ci_rangedPci: PCI range.
START_PCI The starting physical cell ID for the blacklist 0 ~ 503 NONE 0
cell.
PCI_RANGE Range from the starting physical cell ID of ci_rangePCI_n4/ NONE ci_rang
the blacklist cell. Not used if it is a single ci_rangePCI_n8/ ePCI_n
physical cell ID type. ci_rangePCI_n12/ 4
ci_rangePCI_n16/
ci_rangePCI_n24/
ci_rangePCI_n32/
ci_rangePCI_n48/
ci_rangePCI_n64/
ci_rangePCI_n84/
ci_rangePCI_n96/
ci_rangePCI_n128/
ci_rangePCI_n168/
ci_rangePCI_n252/
ci_rangePCI_n504/
EARFCN_UL Uplink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio 0 ~ 65535 NONE 19600
Frequency Channel Number) of the black-
list cell.
PCI_RANGE Range from the starting physical cell ID of the blacklist cell.
Not used if it is a single physical cell ID type.
Command Format
RTRV-SIGDSCP-DATA: [CLASS_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves Signal DSCP Data in the eNB.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CLASS_ID It is Signal Class ID within the eNB. 0~2 NONE 0
- 0 : S1 Signaling.
-1 : X2 Signaling.
-2 : S1/X2-U management
DSCP DSCP value that will be set for the specified Signal ClassID.
Command Format
CRTE-NBR-ENB: NBR_ENB_INDEX, [STATUS], [NO_X2], [NO_HO], [ENB_ID], [ENB_TYPE],
[ENB_MCC], [ENB_MNC], [IP_VER], [NBR_ENB_IPV4], [NBR_ENB_IPV6],
[SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV4], [SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV6], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE],
[OWNER_TYPE], [REMOTE_FLAG];
Command Description
Creates information on the neighboring eNB for operation. The user can create information on
the neighboring eNB by entering the NBR_ENB_INDEX parameter value. If parameters are not
specified, they are set to the defaults.
TIMEOUT 10
OWNER_TYPE This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be
classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created
by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.
REMOTE_FLAG This parameter defines the target eNB is managed local EMS or
other EMS
Command Format
CRTE-NBR-EUTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX, [STATUS], [ENB_ID], [FEMTO_INDICATOR],
[VIRTUAL_INDICATOR], [TARGET_CELL_NUM], [ENB_TYPE], [ENB_MCC], [ENB_MNC],
[PHY_CELL_ID], [TAC], [MCC0], [MNC0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [MCC2], [MNC2], [MCC3],
[MNC3], [MCC4], [MNC4], [MCC5], [MNC5], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL],
[BANDWIDTH_UL], [BANDWIDTH_DL], [IND_OFFSET], [QOFFSET_CELL],
[IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED], [IS_HOALLOWED], [OWNER_TYPE];
Command Description
Creates information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. The user can create information
on E-UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX parameter
values. If parameters are not specified, they are set to the defaults.
TIMEOUT 10
invalid ID.
- EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid
ID.
OWNER_TYPE This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be
classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created
by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.
Command Format
CRTE-NBR-UTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX, [STATUS], [RNC_ID], [C_ID], [LAC],
[RAC], [MCC0], [MNC0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [MCC2], [MNC2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [MCC4],
[MNC4], [MCC5], [MNC5], [DUPLEX_TYPE], [P_SCM_CODE], [CELL_PARA_ID],
[ARFCN_UL], [ARFCN_DL], [IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED], [IS_HOALLOWED], [VOIP_INCAPABLE],
[RIM_SUPPORT], [OWNER_TYPE], [HIGH_PRIORITY_FOR_CSFB];
Command Description
Creates information on UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. The user can create information on
UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX parameter values.
If parameters are not specified, they are set to the defaults.
TIMEOUT 10
LAC The location area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
RAC The routing area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
OWNER_TYPE This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be
classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created
by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.
Command Format
DLT-BLACK-LIST: CELL_NUM, BLACK_LIST_IDX;
Command Description
Deletes the blacklist cell information for each cell in the eNB. The user can delete the blacklist
cell information by entering the Cell Num and Black List Index parameter values.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
DLT-NBR-ENB: NBR_ENB_INDEX;
Command Description
Deletes information on the neighboring eNB to the eNB. The user can delete information on the
neighboring eNB by entering the NBR_ENB_INDEX parameter value.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
NBR_ENB_INDEX Index of the neighboring eNB. The value 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
entered when registering the neighboring
eNB is used.
Command Format
DLT-NBR-EUTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX;
Command Description
Deletes information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. The user can delete information
on E-UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX parameter
values.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
DLT-NBR-UTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX;
Command Description
Deletes information on UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. The user can delete information on
UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX parameter values.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-SONFN-ENB;
Command Description
Retrieves the flag for the SON function controlled by the eNB. There can be 3 operation modes,
which are Function Off, Manual Apply and Auto Apply or 2 operation modes, which are Func-
tion Off and Auto Apply.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-SONFN-ENB: [PCID_ENABLE], [DELAY_COMPENSATION_ENABLE];
Command Description
Changes the flag for the SON function controlled by the eNB. There can be 3 operation modes,
which are Function Off, Manual Apply and Auto Apply or 2 operation modes, which are Func-
tion Off and Auto Apply.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-SON-RO;
Command Description
Retrieves parameters required for RO (RACH Optimization). This command retrieves the fol-
lowing parameters: the collection period of RACH data-related statistics required to operate RO,
the minimum/maximum values of the parameters that can be changed by RO, the optimization-
related parameters for the number of dedicated preambles, RACH Tx power and PRACH con-
figuration index. It has a significance if SONFN-CELL: rachOptEnable := 1 (Manual Apply) or
2 (Automatic Apply).
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-SON-RO: [T_PERIOD], [T_PERIOD_TEMP], [RACH_FILTERING_COEFF],
[DEDICATED_INCREASE], [DEDICATED_DECREASE], [PROB_DEDICATED_INCREASE],
[PROB_DEDICATED_DECREASE], [DEDICATED_MAX], [DEDICATED_MIN], [POWER_INCREASE],
[POWER_DECREASE], [POWER_INCREASE_DED], [POWER_DECREASE_DED],
[PROB_POWER_INCREASE], [PROB_POWER_DECREASE],
[PREAMBLE_INITIAL_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER_MAX],
[PREAMBLE_INITIAL_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER_MIN], [POWER_RAMPING_STEP_MAX],
[POWER_RAMPING_STEP_MIN], [CONTENTION_INCREASE], [CONTENTION_DECREASE],
[PROB_CONTENTION_INCREASE], [PROB_CONTENTION_DECREASE], [TIME_CHANCE_MAX],
[TIME_CHANCE_MIN];
Command Description
Changes parameters required for RO (RACH Optimization). This command changes the follow-
ing parameters: the collection period of RACH data-related statistics required to operate RO, the
minimum/maximum values of the parameters that can be changed by RO, the optimization-
related parameters for the number of dedicated preambles, RACH Tx power and PRACH con-
figuration index. It has a significance if SONFN-CELL: rachOptEnable := 1 (Manual Apply) or
2 (Automatic Apply).
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-HYBRIDPCI-INF: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves hybrid cell-related PCI. This command retrieves PCI value or PCI range of the hybrid
cell when the cell type is set to hybrid cell.
TIMEOUT 10
HYBRID_PCIRANGE_USAGE Whether to use PCI range of the hybrid cell. (0: The range is not
used, 1: The range is used.)
HYBRID_PCIRANGE The PCI range of the hybrid cell. The range includes the start
value.
Command Format
CHG-HYBRIDPCI-INF: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [HYBRID_PCIRANGE_USAGE], [PCI_TYPE],
[HYBRID_PCISTART], [HYBRID_PCIRANGE];
Command Description
Changes hybrid cell-related PCI of the cell. This command changes PCI value or PCI range of
the hybrid cell when the cell type is set to hybrid cell.
TIMEOUT 10
HYBRID_PCIRANGE_USAGE Whether to use PCI range of the hybrid cell. (0: The range is not
used, 1: The range is used.)
HYBRID_PCIRANGE The PCI range of the hybrid cell. The range includes the start
value.
Command Format
RTRV-OPENPCI-INF: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves open cell-related PCI of the cell. This command retrieves PCI value or PCI range of
the open cell when the cell type is set to open cell.
TIMEOUT 10
OPEN_PCIRANGE_USAGE Whether to use PCI range of the open cell. (0: The range is not
used, 1: The range is used.)
OPEN_PCIRANGE The PCI range of the open cell. The range includes the start
value.
Command Format
CHG-OPENPCI-INF: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [OPEN_PCIRANGE_USAGE], [PCI_TYPE],
[OPEN_PCISTART], [OPEN_PCIRANGE];
Command Description
Changes open cell-related PCI of the cell. This command changes PCI value or PCI range of the
open cell when the cell type is set to open cell.
TIMEOUT 10
OPEN_PCIRANGE_USAGE Whether to use PCI range of the open cell. (0: The range is not
used, 1: The range is used.)
OPEN_PCIRANGE The PCI range of the open cell. The range includes the start
value.
Command Format
RTRV-POS-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves parameters required for UE positioning. UE positioning has two ways: E-CID and
OTDOA. Both of methods can view the current parameter among information included in the
UE positioning measurement.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.
LATITUDE The latitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function. The
UE location information included in the cell can be calculated
using the latitude value.
LONGITUDE The longitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function.
The UE location information included in the cell can be calcu-
lated using the longitude value.
HEIGHT The altitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function. The
UE location information included in the cell can be calculated
using the altitude value.
UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MAJOR The uncertainty of semi major. The uncertainty, which the user
enters directly. It can be calculated by a formula of r=10*(1.1k-
1).
UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MINOR The uncertainty of semi minor. The uncertainty, which the user
enters directly. It can be calculated by a formula of r=10*(1.1k-
1).
ORIENTATION_OF_MAJOR_AXISThe orientation of the major axis, which the user directly enters
the value chosen from 0 to 179.
PRS_CONFIG_INDEX PRS configuration index. If the user enters a value, eNB sends
the value to MAC layer.
NUM_OF_DL_FRAME The number of downlink frames. If the user enters a value, eNB
sends the value to MAC layer.
PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_SIZE PRS muting configuration size. If the user enters a value, eNB
sends the value to MAC layer.
PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_VALUE PRS muting configuration. If the user enters a value, eNB sends
the value to MAC layer.
PRS_BANDWIDTH PRS Bandwidth. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value
to MAC layer.
Command Format
CHG-POS-CONF: CELL_NUM, [LATITUDE], [LONGITUDE], [HEIGHT],
[UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MAJOR], [UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MINOR],
[ORIENTATION_OF_MAJOR_AXIS], [UNCERTAINTY_ALTITUDE], [CONFIDENCE],
[MEASUREMENT_INTERVAL], [PRS_CONFIG_INDEX], [NUM_OF_DL_FRAME],
[PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_SIZE], [PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_VALUE], [PRS_BANDWIDTH],
[OTDOA_ENABLE];
Command Description
Changes parameters required for UE positioning. UE positioning has two ways: E-CID and
OTDOA. Both of methods can change the current parameter among information included in the
UE positioning measurement.
TIMEOUT 10
LATITUDE The latitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function. The
UE location information included in the cell can be calculated
using the latitude value.
LONGITUDE The longitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function.
The UE location information included in the cell can be calcu-
lated using the longitude value.
HEIGHT The altitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function. The
UE location information included in the cell can be calculated
using the altitude value.
UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MAJOR The uncertainty of semi major. The uncertainty, which the user
enters directly. It can be calculated by a formula of r=10*(1.1k-
1).
UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MINOR The uncertainty of semi minor. The uncertainty, which the user
enters directly. It can be calculated by a formula of r=10*(1.1k-
1).
ORIENTATION_OF_MAJOR_AXISThe orientation of the major axis, which the user directly enters
the value chosen from 0 to 179.
PRS_CONFIG_INDEX PRS configuration index. If the user enters a value, eNB sends
the value to MAC layer.
NUM_OF_DL_FRAME The number of downlink frames. If the user enters a value, eNB
sends the value to MAC layer.
PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_SIZE PRS muting configuration size. If the user enters a value, eNB
sends the value to MAC layer.
PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_VALUE PRS muting configuration. If the user enters a value, eNB sends
the value to MAC layer.
PRS_BANDWIDTH PRS Bandwidth. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value
to MAC layer.
Command Format
RTRV-SRSNBR-CONF: [CELL_NUM], [SRS_NBR_IDX];
Command Description
Retrieve SRS configuration of SRS neighbor cell. phyCellId, clusterId, SRS pool index,
groupHopping and sequenceHopping can be Retrieved for each cell.
TIMEOUT 10
ENB_ID The eNB ID of the eNB to which SRS neighbor cell to the eNB
belongs. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value
is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the
value is eNB ID. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
TARGET_CELL_NUM The local cell ID of SRS neighbor cell to the eNB. It is used
when creating a cell identifier.
Command Format
RTRV-NBR-EUTRAN: [CELL_NUM], [RELATION_IDX];
Command Description
Retrieves information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. If the CELL_NUM and
RELATION_INDEX parameters are entered, the information for a certain E-UTRAN neighbor-
ing cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all E-UTRAN neighboring cells is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
OWNER_TYPE This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be
classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created
by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.
Command Format
RTRV-SYS-UECNT;
Command Description
Retrieves the number of UE that is connected to the eNB. This command number of Active UE
of RRC Establishment cause and HO (Handover) is separated by a command to query.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-HO-OPT;
Command Description
Retrieves handover information. The user can retrieve the E-RAB iteration method set in the
eNB, whether to include neighboring cell list (NCL), and whether to forward uplink data in the
target eNB.
TIMEOUT 10
USED_NBR_LIST The method for providing the neighboring cell list included in
MeasObjectEUTRA of the RRC Connection Reconfiguration
message.
- 0: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is not dB0 are only
included in the list (by algorithm).
- 1: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is dB0 are also
included in the list (force-used).
UPLINK_FORWARD Whether to forward uplink data in the target base station during
handover.
- 0: Uplink data forwarding is disabled.
- 1: Uplink data forwarding is enabled.
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-UECNT: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the number of UE that is connected to the Cell. This command number of Active UE
of RRC Establishment cause and HO (Handover) is separated by a command to query.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number. This value must not 0~8 NONE 0
exceed the maximum number of cells
supported by the system. It is determined
by FA/Sector. For example, if the maxi-
mum capacity provided to the carrier per
system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are
supported.
Command Format
CHG-SRS-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
This command defines to change SRS(Sounding Reference Signal) paramters in each cell.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-SRS-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
This command defines to retrieve SRS(Sounding Reference Signal) paramters in each cell.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM Cell index (number) 0~8 NONE 0
Command Format
RTRV-INTER-PARA: [SUB_CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the Interwork Parameter Information.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
SUB_CELL_NUM Indicated sub cell number. 0 ~ 17 NONE 0
Command Format
RTRV-SON-LB;
Command Description
Retrieve SON Load Balancing Multi-Carrier Information
TIMEOUT 10
step 1, 2.
Command Format
CHG-SON-LB: [NUM_LB_CANDIDATE], [NUM_LB_TARGET], [NUM_LB_MAX_UE],
[CAPACITY_LB_ALPHA_FACTOR], [CAPACITY_LB_BETA_FACTOR], [GOLD_UE_FACTOR],
[SILVER_UE_FACTOR], [MULTI_CA_LOAD_GAP_THRESHOLD],
[INTRAGROUP_LB_TRIGGER_THRESHOLD], [OVERLOAD_THRESHOLD_PRB],
[OVERLOAD_THRESHOLD_TARGET], [CPU_THRESHOLD], [MIN_BACK_HAUL_CAPACITY],
[T_LOAD_DECISION_LB], [T_RESOURCE_STATUS_REPORTING],
[T_MEASUREMENT_COLLECTION_LB], [T_MEASUREMENT_REPORT_INTERVAL_LB],
[M_LB_FLAG_STEP1], [M_LB_FLAG_STEP2], [M_LB_FLAG_STEP3],
[M_LB_RADIO_CONDITION], [M_LB_THRESHOLD_RSRP], [M_LB_THRESHOLD_RSRQ];
Command Description
Change SON Load Balancing Multi-Carrier Information
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-SCHRSERV-INF;
Command Description
Retrieves the Scheduler system information.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-SCHRSERV-INF: [CLUSTER_ID], [SCHR_TYPE], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];
Command Description
Changes the Scheduler system information.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-SON-SRS;
Command Description
Retrieves the parameter information for the SON SRS function. This command retrieves the
operation condition when the SRS function is set to Manual Apply or Auto Apply by the CHG-
SONFN-CELL command.
TIMEOUT 10
RESERV_POOL_START Start SRS Pool Index of the reserved SRS Pool area for new
Cell(eNB) grow.
Command Format
CHG-SON-SRS: [MAX_SRS_NRT_SIZE], [MIN_POOL_SIZE], [MAX_POOL_SIZE],
[RESERV_POOL_START], [NR_RANKING_PERIOD], [TH_MR_CNT], [TH_MR_CNT_RATIO],
[COEF_MR_CNT_FILTER];
Command Description
Changes the parameter information for the SON SRS function. This command can change the
condition by using the CHG-SONFN-CELL command when the SRS function is set to Manual
Apply or Auto Apply.
TIMEOUT 10
RESERV_POOL_START Start SRS Pool Index of the reserved SRS Pool area for new
Cell(eNB) grow.
Command Format
RTRV-CELLSCHR-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrives the interwoking function between a SmartCell of an eNB and Scheduler(SCHR) server.
This configuration is valid only if SmartCellType of this eNB(system) is not
e_SMARTCELL_TYPE_OFF.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number. This value must not 0~8 NONE 0
exceed the maximum number of cells
supported by the system.
offer any new call services. When the current call service is
complete, the resources automatically change to the locked
state.
Command Format
CHG-CELLSCHR-CONF: CELL_NUM, [SMART_CELL_COORDI_ENABLE];
Command Description
Changes the interwoking function between a SmartCell of an eNB and Scheduler(SCHR) server.
This configuration is valid only if SmartCellType of this eNB(system) is not
e_SMARTCELL_TYPE_OFF.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-IDLELB-INFO: [FA_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves the Idle Mode Load Balancing Control Information.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
FA_INDEX Indicated FA Index 0~7 NONE 0
Command Format
CHG-IDLELB-INFO: FA_INDEX, [STATUS], [BAND_INDICATOR], [EARFCN_DL],
[SEARCH_RATE], [PRIORITY];
Command Description
Changes the Idle Mode Load Balancing Control Information.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-INTER-PARA: SUB_CELL_NUM, [CSFB_HYSTERESIS];
Command Description
Changes the Interwork Parameter Information.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-INFO: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieve cell information
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed or 0~8 NONE 0
retrieved.
HNB_NAME The name of the home eNB. Broadcast to the UE through SIB
(System Information Block) 9 when the cell is operated as a
CSG cell or as a hybrid cell in bytes.
of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #0, one of the six
lists, is entered.
TRACKING_AREA_CODE TAC (Tracking Area Code) used by the active cell. It is used for
warning message transmission and interruption when paging
the UE. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1.
Command Format
CHG-CELL-INFO: CELL_NUM, [CELL_SIZE], [HNB_NAME], [MCC0], [MNC0],
[CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE1], [MCC2],
[MNC2], [CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE3],
[MCC4], [MNC4], [CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE4], [MCC5], [MNC5],
[CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE5], [ADD_SPECTRUM_EMISSION], [TRACKING_AREA_CODE],
[IMS_EMERGENCY_SUPPORT];
Command Description
Change cell information
TIMEOUT 10
HNB_NAME The name of the home eNB. Broadcast to the UE through SIB
(System Information Block) 9 when the cell is operated as a
CSG cell or as a hybrid cell in bytes.
TRACKING_AREA_CODE TAC (Tracking Area Code) used by the active cell. It is used for
warning message transmission and interruption when paging
the UE. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1.
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-EMRG: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieve Emergency Area Identity
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed or 0~8 NONE 0
retrieved.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID0 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID1 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID2 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID3 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID4 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID5 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID6 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID7 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID8 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID9 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID10 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID11 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID12 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID13 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID14 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
Command Format
CHG-CELL-EMRG: CELL_NUM, [EAID0_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID0], [EAID1_USAGE],
[EMERGENCY_AREA_ID1], [EAID2_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID2], [EAID3_USAGE],
[EMERGENCY_AREA_ID3], [EAID4_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID4], [EAID5_USAGE],
[EMERGENCY_AREA_ID5], [EAID6_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID6], [EAID7_USAGE],
[EMERGENCY_AREA_ID7], [EAID8_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID8], [EAID9_USAGE],
[EMERGENCY_AREA_ID9], [EAID10_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID10], [EAID11_USAGE],
[EMERGENCY_AREA_ID11], [EAID12_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID12], [EAID13_USAGE],
[EMERGENCY_AREA_ID13], [EAID14_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID14];
Command Description
Change Emergency Area Identity
TIMEOUT 10
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID0 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID1 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID2 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID3 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID4 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID5 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID6 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID7 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID8 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID9 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID10 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID11 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID12 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID13 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID14 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.
Command Format
CHG-UTRA-CAR: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [STATUS], [DUPLEX_TYPE], [UARFCN_DL],
[RESEL_PRIORITY_USAGE], [PRIORITY], [THRESH_XHIGH], [THRESH_XLOW],
[Q_RX_LEV_MIN], [P_MAX_UTRA], [Q_QUAL_MIN], [THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9],
[THRESH_XLOW_QREL9];
Command Description
Changes the UTRA FA priority information.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-UTRA-CAR: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves priority of UTRA FA. If the CELL_NUM and FA_INDEX parameters are entered, the
information only for the UTRAN FA object registered to the corresponding E-UTRAN served
cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN FA objects is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-INTWO-OPT: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieve Interworking Option Information.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed. 0~8 NONE 0
INTER_RAT_CS_REDIRECTION Whether to force redirection during the CSFB with inter RAT
handover.
- 0: Redirection is not executed during handover (normal).
- 1: Redirection is executed regardless of condition (force-
used).
IDLE_CSFB_OPTIMIZED Whether to optimize call setup procedure for CSFB in Idle state
UE.
- False : Do not optimized call setup procedure.
- True : Do optimized call setup procedure.
Command Format
CHG-INTWO-OPT: CELL_NUM, [INTER_FREQ_REDIRECTION], [INTER_RAT_PS_REDIRECTION],
[INTER_RAT_CS_REDIRECTION], [IDLE_CSFB_OPTIMIZED];
Command Description
Change Interworking Option Information.
TIMEOUT 10
INTER_RAT_CS_REDIRECTION Whether to force redirection during the CSFB with inter RAT
handover.
- 0: Redirection is not executed during handover (normal).
- 1: Redirection is executed regardless of condition (force-
used).
IDLE_CSFB_OPTIMIZED Whether to optimize call setup procedure for CSFB in Idle state
UE.
- False : Do not optimized call setup procedure.
- True : Do optimized call setup procedure.
Command Format
CHG-UTRA-PRIOR: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, SPID, [DEDICATED_PRIORITY];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values required to operate the UTRA FA dedicated Priority Information
accroding SPID. When the Cell Num, fa Index and SPID parameter values are set as input val-
ues, the UTRA FA Dedicated Priority information registered to the specified cell in the eNB can
be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-UTRA-PRIOR: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX], [SPID];
Command Description
Retrieves parameters required to operate dedicated priority information on UTRA FA accroding
SPID . If the Cell Num parameter is entered, the UTRA FA registered to the corresponding cell
is retrieved. If not, the UTRA FA information registered to all cells is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-UTRA-SIB5T1: [DB_IDX];
Command Description
Retrieve UTRA SIB5 Templete
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_IDX DB Index 0 ~ 15 NONE 0
PICH_POWER_OFFSET pichPowerOffset
AICH_POWER_OFFSET aichPowerOffset
TX_DIV_INDICATOR txDivIndicator
P_RACH_AVAILABLE_SIGNATUREpRachAvailableSignature
P_RACH_AVAILABLE_SF pRachAvailableSF
P_RACH_PRE_SCRAM_CODE_WORD_NUMpRachPreScramCodeWordNum
P_RACH_PUNCTURING_LIMIT pRachPuncturingLimit
P_RACH_AVAIL_SUB_CHANNEL_NUMpRachAvailSubChannelNum
P_RACH_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_IDpRachTransportChannelId
PRACH_TTI_SELECT prachTtiSelect
P_RACH_TTI_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1 pRachTtiRlcSizeType1
P_RACH_TTI_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1pRachTtiNumOfTbSizeList1
P_RACH_TTI_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST1pRachTtiLogicalChannelList1
P_RACH_TTI_RLC_SIZE_TYPE2 pRachTtiRlcSizeType2
P_RACH_TTI_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2pRachTtiNumOfTbSizeList2
P_RACH_TTI_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST2pRachTtiLogicalChannelList2
P_RACH_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPEpRachChannelCodingType
P_RACH_RATE_MATCHING_ATTRpRachRateMatchingAttr
P_RACH_CRC_SIZE pRachCrcSize
P_RACH_CTFC2_BIT0 pRachCtfc2Bit0
P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_C0pRachGainFactorBetaC0
P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_D0pRachGainFactorBetaD0
P_RACH_POWER_OFFSET_PPM0pRachPowerOffsetPpm0
P_RACH_CTFC2_BIT1 pRachCtfc2Bit1
P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_C1pRachGainFactorBetaC1
P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_D1pRachGainFactorBetaD1
P_RACH_POWER_OFFSET_PPM1pRachPowerOffsetPpm1
P_RACH_PARTITIONING_USED pRachPartitioningUsed
AC_SERV_CLASS1_START_IDX acServClass1StartIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS1_END_IDX acServClass1EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS1_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass1SubChanNumber
AC_SERV_CLASS2_START_IDX acServClass2StartIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS2_END_IDX acServClass2EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS2_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass2SubChanNumber
AC_SERV_CLASS3_START_IDX acServClass3StartIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS3_END_IDX acServClass3EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS3_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass3SubChanNumber
AC_SERV_CLASS4_START_IDX acServClass4StartIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS4_END_IDX acServClass4EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS4_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass4SubChanNumber
AC_SERV_CLASS5_START_IDX acServClass5StartIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS5_END_IDX acServClass5EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS5_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass5SubChanNumber
AC_SERV_CLASS6_START_IDX acServClass6StartIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS6_END_IDX acServClass6EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS6_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass6SubChanNumber
AC_SERV_CLASS7_START_IDX acServClass7StartIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS7_END_IDX acServClass7EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS7_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass7SubChanNumber
AC_SERV_CLASS8_START_IDX acServClass8StartIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS8_END_IDX acServClass8EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS8_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass8SubChanNumber
P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING0 pRachAcToASCMapping0
P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING1 pRachAcToASCMapping1
P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING2 pRachAcToASCMapping2
P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING3 pRachAcToASCMapping3
P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING4 pRachAcToASCMapping4
P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING5 pRachAcToASCMapping5
P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING6 pRachAcToASCMapping6
P_RACH_PRIMARY_CPICHTX_POWERpRachPrimaryCPICHTxPower
P_RACH_CONSTANT_VAL pRachConstantVal
P_RACH_POWER_RAMP_STEP pRachPowerRampStep
P_RACH_PREAMBLE_RETRANS_MAXpRachPreambleRetransMax
P_RACH_MMAX pRachMmax
P_RACH_NB01_MIN pRachNb01Min
P_RACH_NB01_MAX pRachNb01Max
P_RACH_CHANNELISATION_CODEpRachChannelisationCode
P_RACH_STTD_INDICATOR pRachSttdIndicator
P_RACH_AICH_TRANSMISSION_TIMINGpRachAichTransmissionTiming
PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL0persistenceScallingFactorListVal0
PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL1persistenceScallingFactorListVal1
PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL2persistenceScallingFactorListVal2
PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VA3persistenceScallingFactorListVal3
PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL4persistenceScallingFactorListVal4
PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL5persistenceScallingFactorListVal5
Command Format
CHG-UTRA-SIB5T1: DB_IDX, [SIB6_INDICATOR], [PICH_POWER_OFFSET],
[AICH_POWER_OFFSET], [TX_DIV_INDICATOR], [P_RACH_AVAILABLE_SIGNATURE],
[P_RACH_AVAILABLE_SF], [P_RACH_PRE_SCRAM_CODE_WORD_NUM],
[P_RACH_PUNCTURING_LIMIT], [P_RACH_AVAIL_SUB_CHANNEL_NUM],
[P_RACH_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_ID], [PRACH_TTI_SELECT],
[P_RACH_TTI_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1], [P_RACH_TTI_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1],
[P_RACH_TTI_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST1], [P_RACH_TTI_RLC_SIZE_TYPE2],
[P_RACH_TTI_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2], [P_RACH_TTI_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST2],
[P_RACH_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPE], [P_RACH_RATE_MATCHING_ATTR], [P_RACH_CRC_SIZE],
[P_RACH_CTFC2_BIT0], [P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_C0],
[P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_D0], [P_RACH_POWER_OFFSET_PPM0], [P_RACH_CTFC2_BIT1],
[P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_C1], [P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_D1],
[P_RACH_POWER_OFFSET_PPM1], [P_RACH_PARTITIONING_USED],
[AC_SERV_CLASS1_START_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS1_END_IDX],
[AC_SERV_CLASS1_SUB_CHAN_NUMBER], [AC_SERV_CLASS2_START_IDX],
[AC_SERV_CLASS2_END_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS2_SUB_CHAN_NUMBER],
[AC_SERV_CLASS3_START_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS3_END_IDX],
[AC_SERV_CLASS3_SUB_CHAN_NUMBER], [AC_SERV_CLASS4_START_IDX],
[AC_SERV_CLASS4_END_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS4_SUB_CHAN_NUMBER],
[AC_SERV_CLASS5_START_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS5_END_IDX],
[AC_SERV_CLASS5_SUB_CHAN_NUMBER], [AC_SERV_CLASS6_START_IDX],
[AC_SERV_CLASS6_END_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS6_SUB_CHAN_NUMBER],
[AC_SERV_CLASS7_START_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS7_END_IDX],
[AC_SERV_CLASS7_SUB_CHAN_NUMBER], [AC_SERV_CLASS8_START_IDX],
[AC_SERV_CLASS8_END_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS8_SUB_CHAN_NUMBER],
[P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING0], [P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING1],
[P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING2], [P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING3],
[P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING4], [P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING5],
[P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING6], [P_RACH_PRIMARY_CPICHTX_POWER],
[P_RACH_CONSTANT_VAL], [P_RACH_POWER_RAMP_STEP],
[P_RACH_PREAMBLE_RETRANS_MAX], [P_RACH_MMAX], [P_RACH_NB01_MIN],
[P_RACH_NB01_MAX], [P_RACH_CHANNELISATION_CODE], [P_RACH_STTD_INDICATOR],
[P_RACH_AICH_TRANSMISSION_TIMING], [PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_USED],
[PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL0],
[PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL1],
[PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL2],
[PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VA3],
[PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL4],
[PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL5], [RES_VALUE1];
Command Description
Change UTRA SIB5 Templete
TIMEOUT 10
PICH_POWER_OFFSET pichPowerOffset
AICH_POWER_OFFSET aichPowerOffset
TX_DIV_INDICATOR txDivIndicator
P_RACH_AVAILABLE_SIGNATUREpRachAvailableSignature
P_RACH_AVAILABLE_SF pRachAvailableSF
P_RACH_PRE_SCRAM_CODE_WORD_NUMpRachPreScramCodeWordNum
P_RACH_PUNCTURING_LIMIT pRachPuncturingLimit
P_RACH_AVAIL_SUB_CHANNEL_NUMpRachAvailSubChannelNum
P_RACH_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_IDpRachTransportChannelId
PRACH_TTI_SELECT prachTtiSelect
P_RACH_TTI_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1 pRachTtiRlcSizeType1
P_RACH_TTI_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1pRachTtiNumOfTbSizeList1
P_RACH_TTI_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST1pRachTtiLogicalChannelList1
P_RACH_TTI_RLC_SIZE_TYPE2 pRachTtiRlcSizeType2
P_RACH_TTI_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2pRachTtiNumOfTbSizeList2
P_RACH_TTI_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST2pRachTtiLogicalChannelList2
P_RACH_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPEpRachChannelCodingType
P_RACH_RATE_MATCHING_ATTRpRachRateMatchingAttr
P_RACH_CRC_SIZE pRachCrcSize
P_RACH_CTFC2_BIT0 pRachCtfc2Bit0
P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_C0pRachGainFactorBetaC0
P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_D0pRachGainFactorBetaD0
P_RACH_POWER_OFFSET_PPM0pRachPowerOffsetPpm0
P_RACH_CTFC2_BIT1 pRachCtfc2Bit1
P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_C1pRachGainFactorBetaC1
P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_D1pRachGainFactorBetaD1
P_RACH_POWER_OFFSET_PPM1pRachPowerOffsetPpm1
P_RACH_PARTITIONING_USED pRachPartitioningUsed
AC_SERV_CLASS1_START_IDX acServClass1StartIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS1_END_IDX acServClass1EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS1_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass1SubChanNumber
AC_SERV_CLASS2_START_IDX acServClass2StartIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS2_END_IDX acServClass2EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS2_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass2SubChanNumber
AC_SERV_CLASS3_START_IDX acServClass3StartIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS3_END_IDX acServClass3EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS3_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass3SubChanNumber
AC_SERV_CLASS4_START_IDX acServClass4StartIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS4_END_IDX acServClass4EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS4_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass4SubChanNumber
AC_SERV_CLASS5_START_IDX acServClass5StartIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS5_END_IDX acServClass5EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS5_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass5SubChanNumber
AC_SERV_CLASS6_START_IDX acServClass6StartIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS6_END_IDX acServClass6EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS6_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass6SubChanNumber
AC_SERV_CLASS7_START_IDX acServClass7StartIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS7_END_IDX acServClass7EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS7_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass7SubChanNumber
AC_SERV_CLASS8_START_IDX acServClass8StartIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS8_END_IDX acServClass8EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS8_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass8SubChanNumber
P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING0 pRachAcToASCMapping0
P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING1 pRachAcToASCMapping1
P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING2 pRachAcToASCMapping2
P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING3 pRachAcToASCMapping3
P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING4 pRachAcToASCMapping4
P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING5 pRachAcToASCMapping5
P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING6 pRachAcToASCMapping6
P_RACH_PRIMARY_CPICHTX_POWERpRachPrimaryCPICHTxPower
P_RACH_CONSTANT_VAL pRachConstantVal
P_RACH_POWER_RAMP_STEP pRachPowerRampStep
P_RACH_PREAMBLE_RETRANS_MAXpRachPreambleRetransMax
P_RACH_MMAX pRachMmax
P_RACH_NB01_MIN pRachNb01Min
P_RACH_NB01_MAX pRachNb01Max
P_RACH_CHANNELISATION_CODEpRachChannelisationCode
P_RACH_STTD_INDICATOR pRachSttdIndicator
P_RACH_AICH_TRANSMISSION_TIMINGpRachAichTransmissionTiming
PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL0persistenceScallingFactorListVal0
PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL1persistenceScallingFactorListVal1
PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL2persistenceScallingFactorListVal2
PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VA3persistenceScallingFactorListVal3
PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL4persistenceScallingFactorListVal4
PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL5persistenceScallingFactorListVal5
Command Format
RTRV-EUTRA-PRIOR: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX], [SPID];
Command Description
Retrieves parameters required to operate dedicated priority information on EUTRA FA accrod-
ing SPID. If the Cell Num parameter is entered, the EUTRA FA registered to the corresponding
cell is retrieved. If not, the EUTRA FA information registered to all cells is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-EUTRA-PRIOR: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, SPID, [DEDICATED_PRIORITY];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values required to operate the EUTRA FA dedicated Priority Information
accroding SPID. When the Cell Num, fa Index and SPID parameter values are set as input val-
ues, the EUTRA FA dedicated Priority information registered to the specified cell in the eNB
can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-RIM-CONTROL;
Command Description
Retrieve the RIM Status required to operate a RIM. This command can show the RIM Status
information by entering the RIM_STATUS_DB Index.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-UTRAN-MIB: [DB_IDX];
Command Description
Retrieve UTRAN MIB
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_IDX DB Index 0 ~ 15 NONE 0
MCC MCC
MNC MNC
Command Format
CHG-UTRAN-MIB: DB_IDX, [VALUE_TAG], [MCC], [MNC], [SYS_INFO_TYPE_SB1_INCLUDED],
[SYS_INFO_TYPE_SB1_CELL_VALUE_TAG], [SYS_INFO_TYPE_SB1_SIB_POS],
[SYS_INFO_TYPE_SB1_SIB_POS_VAL], [RES_VALUE1], [RES_VALUE2],
[SYS_INFO_TYPE1_PLMN_VALUE_TAG], [SYS_INFO_TYPE1_SIB_POS],
[SYS_INFO_TYPE1_SIB_POS_VAL], [RES_VALUE3], [RES_VALUE4],
[SYS_INFO_TYPE3_CELL_VALUE_TAG], [SYS_INFO_TYPE3_SIB_POS],
[SYS_INFO_TYPE3_SIB_POS_VAL], [RES_VALUE5], [RES_VALUE6],
[SYS_INFO_TYPE5_CELL_VALUE_TAG], [SYS_INFO_TYPE5_SEG_COUNT],
[SYS_INFO_TYPE5_SIB_POS], [SYS_INFO_TYPE5_SIB_POS_VAL], [RES_VALUE7],
[RES_VALUE8], [SYS_INFO_TYPE7_SIB_POS], [SYS_INFO_TYPE7_SIB_POS_VAL],
[RES_VALUE9], [RES_VALUE10], [SYS_INFO_TYPE11_CELL_VALUE_TAG],
[SYS_INFO_TYPE11_SIB_POS], [SYS_INFO_TYPE11_SIB_POS_VAL], [RES_VALUE11],
[RES_VALUE12];
Command Description
Change UTRAN MIB
TIMEOUT 10
MCC MCC
MNC MNC
Command Format
RTRV-UTRA-SIB1: [DB_IDX];
Command Description
Retrieve UTRAN SIB 1
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_IDX DB Index 0 ~ 15 NONE 0
Command Format
CHG-UTRA-SIB1: DB_IDX, [CS_DRXCYCLE_LEN_COEFF], [PS_DRXCYCLE_LEN_COEFF],
[CON_TIMT302], [CON_TIMN302], [CON_TIMT308], [CON_TIMT309], [CON_TIMN313],
[CON_TIMT314], [CON_TIMT315], [IDLE_TIMT300], [IDLE_TIMN300], [IDLE_TIMT312],
[IDLE_TIMN312], [RES_VALUE1], [RES_VALUE2], [RES_VALUE4], [RES_VALUE5],
[RES_VALUE6], [RES_VALUE7], [RES_VALUE8], [RES_VALUE9], [RES_VALUE10];
Command Description
Change UTRAN SIB 1
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-UTRA-SIB3: [DB_IDX];
Command Description
Retrieve UTRAN SIB 3
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_IDX DB Index 0 ~ 15 NONE 0
Q_HYST2_S Q Hyst 2s
Q_HYST1_S Q Hyst 1s
T_RESELECTION_S t-Reselections
NON_HCST_CRMAX nonHCStCRMax
Command Format
CHG-UTRA-SIB3: DB_IDX, [SIB4_INDICATOR], [QUALITY_MEASURE], [Q_HYST2_S],
[S_INTRA_SEARCH], [S_INTER_SEARCH], [S_SEARCH_HCS], [RAT_IDENTIFIER1],
[S_SEARCH_RAT1], [S_HCS_RAT1], [S_LIMIT_SEARCH_RAT1], [RAT_IDENTIFIER2],
[S_SEARCH_RAT2], [S_HCS_RAT2], [S_LIMIT_SEARCH_RAT2], [Q_QUAL_MIN],
[Q_RXLEV_MIN], [Q_HYST1_S], [T_RESELECTION_S], [MAX_ALLOWED_UL_TX_POWER],
[RES_VALUE1], [RES_VALUE2], [RES_VALUE3], [RES_VALUE4], [CELL_BARRED],
[CELL_RESERVED_FOR_OP_USE], [CELL_RESERVATION_EXT], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED1],
[ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED2], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED3], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED4],
[ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED5], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED6], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED7],
[ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED8], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED9], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED10],
[ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED11], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED12], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED13],
[ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED14], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED15], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED16],
[RES_VALUE5], [RES_VALUE6], [RES_VALUE7], [RES_VALUE8], [DELTA_QRXLEVMIN],
[NON_HCST_CRMAX], [NON_HCST_CRMAX_VAL], [INTER_FREQ_TRESEL_SCALING_FACTOR],
[INTER_RAT_TRESEL_SCALING_FACTOR], [RES_VALUE9], [RES_VALUE10], [RES_VALUE11];
Command Description
Change UTRAN SIB 3
TIMEOUT 10
Q_HYST2_S Q Hyst 2s
Q_HYST1_S Q Hyst 1s
T_RESELECTION_S t-Reselections
NON_HCST_CRMAX nonHCStCRMax
Command Format
RTRV-UTRAN-SIB7: [DB_IDX];
Command Description
Retrieve UTRAN SIB 7
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_IDX DB Index 0 ~ 15 NONE 0
UL_INTERFERENCE UL Interference
Command Format
CHG-UTRAN-SIB7: DB_IDX, [UL_INTERFERENCE], [PRACH_INFO_SIB5_DYNAMIC_PRES_LEV],
[RES_VALUE1];
Command Description
Change UTRAN SIB 7
TIMEOUT 10
UL_INTERFERENCE UL Interference
Command Format
RTRV-UTRAN-SIB11: [DB_IDX];
Command Description
Retrieve UTRAN SIB 11
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_IDX DB Index 0 ~ 15 NONE 0
Command Format
CHG-UTRAN-SIB11: DB_IDX, [INTER_FREQ_FDDMEAS_IND], [INTER_FREQ_TDDMEAS_IND],
[INTER_RATMEAS_IND], [USE_OF_HCS], [CELL_SELECT_QUALITY_MEAS],
[READ_SFNINDICATOR], [TX_DIVERSITY_INDICATOR], [RES_VALUE1], [RES_VALUE2];
Command Description
Change UTRAN SIB 11
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-UTRA-SIBREL: CELL_NUM, [RELATION_IDX];
Command Description
Retrieve UTRAN SIB Relation Mapping Information
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-UTRA-SIBREL: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX, [STATUS], [MIBTEMPLATE_IDX],
[SIB1_TEMPLATE_IDX], [SIB3_TEMPLATE_IDX], [SIB5_TEMPLATE_IDX],
[SIB7_TEMPLATE_IDX], [SIB11_TEMPLATE_IDX], [SUB_CELL_NUM_1], [SUB_CELL_NUM_2];
Command Description
Change UTRAN SIB Relation Mapping Information
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-UTRA-SIB5T2: DB_IDX, [S_CCPCH0_STTD_INDICATOR],
[S_CCPCH0_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBER], [S_CCPCH0_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBER_VAL],
[S_CCPCH0_PILOT_SYMBOL_EXISTENCE], [S_CCPCH0_TFCI_EXISTENCE],
[S_CCPCH0_POSITION_FIXED_OR_FLEXIBLE], [S_CCPCH0_TIMING_OFFSET],
[S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT1], [S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT2], [S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT3_INCLUDED],
[S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT3_VAL], [S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT4_INCLUDED],
[S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT4_VAL], [S_CCPCH0_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1],
[S_CCPCH0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0], [S_CCPCH0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1],
[S_CCPCH0_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST], [S_CCPCH0_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPE],
[S_CCPCH0_RATE_MATCHING_ATTR], [S_CCPCH0_CRC_SIZE],
[S_CCPCH0_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_ID], [S_CCPCH0_CTCH_INDICATOR],
[S_CCPCH0_PICHCHANNELISATION_CODE], [S_CCPCH0_PICHPI_COUNT_PER_FRAME],
[S_CCPCH0_PICHSTTD_INDICATOR], [S_CCPCH1_STTD_INDICATOR],
[S_CCPCH1_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBER], [S_CCPCH1_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBER_VAL],
[S_CCPCH1_PILOT_SYMBOL_EXISTENCE], [S_CCPCH1_TFCI_EXISTENCE],
[S_CCPCH1_POSITION_FIXED_OR_FLEXIBLE], [S_CCPCH1_TIMING_OFFSET_INCLUDED],
[S_CCPCH1_TIMING_OFFSET], [S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT1], [S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT2],
[S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT3], [S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT4],
[S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1],
[S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0],
[S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1],
[S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2],
[S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2_VAL],
[S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST],
[S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPE], [S_CCPCH1_TFS0_RATE_MATCHING_ATTR],
[S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CRC_SIZE], [S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_ID],
[S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CTCH_INDICATOR], [S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE2],
[S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0],
[S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1],
[S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST],
[S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPE], [S_CCPCH1_TFS1_RATE_MATCHING_ATTR],
[S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CRC_SIZE], [S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_ID],
[S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CTCH_INDICATOR], [FREQUENCY_BAND_INDICATOR],
[HSDPA_CELL_INDICATOR], [EDCH_CELL_INDICATOR], [S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT_USED],
[S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT1], [S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT2], [S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT3],
[S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT4], [S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT5], [RES_VALUE1], [RES_VALUE2],
[RES_VALUE3], [RES_VALUE4], [RES_VALUE5];
Command Description
Change UTRA SIB5 Templete
TIMEOUT 10
S_CCPCH0_STTD_INDICATOR sCCPCH0sttdIndicator
S_CCPCH0_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBERsCCPCH0sfAndCodeNumber
S_CCPCH0_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBER_VALsCCPCH0sfAndCodeNumberVal
S_CCPCH0_PILOT_SYMBOL_EXISTENCEsCCPCH0pilotSymbolExistence
S_CCPCH0_TFCI_EXISTENCE sCCPCH0tfciExistence
S_CCPCH0_POSITION_FIXED_OR_FLEXIBLEsCCPCH0positionFixedOrFlexible
S_CCPCH0_TIMING_OFFSET sCCPCH0timingOffset
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT1 sCCPCH0ctfc2bit1
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT2 sCCPCH0ctfc2bit2
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT3_INCLUDEDsCCPCH0ctfc2bit3Included
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT3_VAL sCCPCH0ctfc2bit3Val
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT4_INCLUDEDsCCPCH0ctfc2bit4Included
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT4_VAL sCCPCH0ctfc2bit4Val
S_CCPCH0_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1sCCPCH0tti10RlcSizeType1
S_CCPCH0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0sCCPCH0tti10NumOfTbSizeList0
S_CCPCH0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1sCCPCH0tti10NumOfTbSizeList1
S_CCPCH0_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LISTsCCPCH0tti10LogicalChannelList
S_CCPCH0_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPEsCCPCH0channelCodingType
S_CCPCH0_RATE_MATCHING_ATTRsCCPCH0rateMatchingAttr
S_CCPCH0_CRC_SIZE sCCPCH0crcSize
S_CCPCH0_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_IDsCCPCH0transportChannelId
S_CCPCH0_CTCH_INDICATOR sCCPCH0ctchIndicator
S_CCPCH0_PICHCHANNELISATION_CODEsCCPCH0PichchannelisationCode
S_CCPCH0_PICHPI_COUNT_PER_FRAMEsCCPCH0PichpiCountPerFrame
S_CCPCH0_PICHSTTD_INDICATORsCCPCH0PichsttdIndicator
S_CCPCH1_STTD_INDICATOR sCCPCH1sttdIndicator
S_CCPCH1_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBERsCCPCH1sfAndCodeNumber
S_CCPCH1_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBER_VALsCCPCH1sfAndCodeNumberVal
S_CCPCH1_PILOT_SYMBOL_EXISTENCEsCCPCH1pilotSymbolExistence
S_CCPCH1_TFCI_EXISTENCE sCCPCH1tfciExistence
S_CCPCH1_POSITION_FIXED_OR_FLEXIBLEsCCPCH1positionFixedOrFlexible
S_CCPCH1_TIMING_OFFSET_INCLUDEDsCCPCH1timingOffsetIncluded
S_CCPCH1_TIMING_OFFSET sCCPCH1timingOffset
S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT1 sCCPCH1ctfc2bit1
S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT2 sCCPCH1ctfc2bit2
S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT3 sCCPCH1ctfc2bit3
S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT4 sCCPCH1ctfc2bit4
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1sCCPCH1TFS0tti10RlcSizeType1
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList0
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList1
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList2
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2_VAL
sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList2Val
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LISTsCCPCH1TFS0tti10LogicalChannelList
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPEsCCPCH1TFS0channelCodingType
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_RATE_MATCHING_ATTRsCCPCH1TFS0rateMatchingAttr
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CRC_SIZE sCCPCH1TFS0crcSize
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_IDsCCPCH1TFS0transportChannelId
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CTCH_INDICATORsCCPCH1TFS0ctchIndicator
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE2sCCPCH1TFS1tti10RlcSizeType2
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0sCCPCH1TFS1tti10NumOfTbSizeList0
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1sCCPCH1TFS1tti10NumOfTbSizeList1
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LISTsCCPCH1TFS1tti10LogicalChannelList
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPEsCCPCH1TFS1channelCodingType
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_RATE_MATCHING_ATTRsCCPCH1TFS1rateMatchingAttr
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CRC_SIZE sCCPCH1TFS1crcSize
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_IDsCCPCH1TFS1transportChannelId
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CTCH_INDICATORsCCPCH1TFS1ctchIndicator
FREQUENCY_BAND_INDICATORfrequencyBandIndicator
HSDPA_CELL_INDICATOR hsdpaCellIndicator
EDCH_CELL_INDICATOR edchCellIndicator
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT_USED sCCPCH1ctfc4bitUsed
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT1 sCCPCH1ctfc4bit1
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT2 sCCPCH1ctfc4bit2
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT3 sCCPCH1ctfc4bit3
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT4 sCCPCH1ctfc4bit4
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT5 sCCPCH1ctfc4bit5
Command Format
RTRV-UTRAN-SIBRES: [DB_IDX];
Command Description
Retrieve UTRAN SIB Reserved
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_IDX DB Index 0 ~ 15 NONE 0
Command Format
CHG-UTRAN-SIBRES: DB_IDX, [RES_VALUE0], [RES_VALUE1], [RES_VALUE2],
[RES_VALUE3], [RES_VALUE4], [RES_VALUE5], [RES_VALUE6], [RES_VALUE7],
[RES_VALUE8], [RES_VALUE9], [RES_VALUE10], [RES_VALUE11], [RES_VALUE12],
[RES_VALUE13], [RES_VALUE14], [RES_VALUE15], [RES_VALUE16], [RES_VALUE17],
[RES_VALUE18], [RES_VALUE19], [RES_VALUE20], [RES_VALUE21], [RES_VALUE22],
[RES_VALUE23], [RES_VALUE24], [RES_VALUE25], [RES_VALUE26], [RES_VALUE27],
[RES_VALUE28], [RES_VALUE29], [RES_VALUE30];
Command Description
Change UTRAN SIB Reserved
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-UTRA-SIB5T2: [DB_IDX];
Command Description
RETRIEVE UTRAN SIB 5 Template2
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
DB_IDX DB Index 0 ~ 15 NONE 0
S_CCPCH0_STTD_INDICATOR sCCPCH0sttdIndicator
S_CCPCH0_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBERsCCPCH0sfAndCodeNumber
S_CCPCH0_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBER_VALsCCPCH0sfAndCodeNumberVal
S_CCPCH0_PILOT_SYMBOL_EXISTENCEsCCPCH0pilotSymbolExistence
S_CCPCH0_TFCI_EXISTENCE sCCPCH0tfciExistence
S_CCPCH0_POSITION_FIXED_OR_FLEXIBLEsCCPCH0positionFixedOrFlexible
S_CCPCH0_TIMING_OFFSET sCCPCH0timingOffset
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT1 sCCPCH0ctfc2bit1
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT2 sCCPCH0ctfc2bit2
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT3_INCLUDEDsCCPCH0ctfc2bit3Included
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT3_VAL sCCPCH0ctfc2bit3Val
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT4_INCLUDEDsCCPCH0ctfc2bit4Included
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT4_VAL sCCPCH0ctfc2bit4Val
S_CCPCH0_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1sCCPCH0tti10RlcSizeType1
S_CCPCH0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0sCCPCH0tti10NumOfTbSizeList0
S_CCPCH0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1sCCPCH0tti10NumOfTbSizeList1
S_CCPCH0_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LISTsCCPCH0tti10LogicalChannelList
S_CCPCH0_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPEsCCPCH0channelCodingType
S_CCPCH0_RATE_MATCHING_ATTRsCCPCH0rateMatchingAttr
S_CCPCH0_CRC_SIZE sCCPCH0crcSize
S_CCPCH0_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_IDsCCPCH0transportChannelId
S_CCPCH0_CTCH_INDICATOR sCCPCH0ctchIndicator
S_CCPCH0_PICHCHANNELISATION_CODEsCCPCH0PichchannelisationCode
S_CCPCH0_PICHPI_COUNT_PER_FRAMEsCCPCH0PichpiCountPerFrame
S_CCPCH0_PICHSTTD_INDICATORsCCPCH0PichsttdIndicator
S_CCPCH1_STTD_INDICATOR sCCPCH1sttdIndicator
S_CCPCH1_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBERsCCPCH1sfAndCodeNumber
S_CCPCH1_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBER_VALsCCPCH1sfAndCodeNumberVal
S_CCPCH1_PILOT_SYMBOL_EXISTENCEsCCPCH1pilotSymbolExistence
S_CCPCH1_TFCI_EXISTENCE sCCPCH1tfciExistence
S_CCPCH1_POSITION_FIXED_OR_FLEXIBLEsCCPCH1positionFixedOrFlexible
S_CCPCH1_TIMING_OFFSET_INCLUDEDsCCPCH1timingOffsetIncluded
S_CCPCH1_TIMING_OFFSET sCCPCH1timingOffset
S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT1 sCCPCH1ctfc2bit1
S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT2 sCCPCH1ctfc2bit2
S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT3 sCCPCH1ctfc2bit3
S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT4 sCCPCH1ctfc2bit4
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1sCCPCH1TFS0tti10RlcSizeType1
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList0
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList1
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList2
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2_VAL
sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList2Val
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LISTsCCPCH1TFS0tti10LogicalChannelList
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPEsCCPCH1TFS0channelCodingType
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_RATE_MATCHING_ATTRsCCPCH1TFS0rateMatchingAttr
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CRC_SIZE sCCPCH1TFS0crcSize
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_IDsCCPCH1TFS0transportChannelId
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CTCH_INDICATORsCCPCH1TFS0ctchIndicator
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE2sCCPCH1TFS1tti10RlcSizeType2
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0sCCPCH1TFS1tti10NumOfTbSizeList0
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1sCCPCH1TFS1tti10NumOfTbSizeList1
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LISTsCCPCH1TFS1tti10LogicalChannelList
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPEsCCPCH1TFS1channelCodingType
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_RATE_MATCHING_ATTRsCCPCH1TFS1rateMatchingAttr
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CRC_SIZE sCCPCH1TFS1crcSize
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_IDsCCPCH1TFS1transportChannelId
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CTCH_INDICATORsCCPCH1TFS1ctchIndicator
FREQUENCY_BAND_INDICATORfrequencyBandIndicator
HSDPA_CELL_INDICATOR hsdpaCellIndicator
EDCH_CELL_INDICATOR edchCellIndicator
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT_USED sCCPCH1ctfc4bitUsed
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT1 sCCPCH1ctfc4bit1
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT2 sCCPCH1ctfc4bit2
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT3 sCCPCH1ctfc4bit3
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT4 sCCPCH1ctfc4bit4
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT5 sCCPCH1ctfc4bit5
Command Format
RTRV-DIAG-CONF;
Command Description
Retrieves the basic information of the eNB DiagCall Configuration. The user can retrieve the
information of DiagCall Configuration. Itinclude diagCallEnable, triggeringConditionTimer,
maxNumofUEID and etc.
TIMEOUT 10
DIAG_CALL_TIMER After the Diagnosis Call Function is started in ENB and send
Paging message to UE using IMSI and S-TMSI information in
eNB buffer, eNB start diagCallTimer. If eNB receive RRC Con-
nection Request for diagCallTimer, The diag Call Timer is
expired. If eNB doesn't receive RRC Connection Request for
diagCallTimer, the silent alarm is happend.
Command Format
CHG-DIAG-CONF: [DIAG_CALL_ENABLE], [TRIGGERING_CONDITION_TIMER],
[DIAG_CALL_TIMER], [MAX_NUMOF_UEID], [RECOVERY_MODE_SELECTION],
[AUTO_RECOVERY_METHOD];
Command Description
Changes the basic information of the eNB DiagCall Configuration. The user can retrieve the
information of DiagCall Configuration. It include diagCallEnable, triggeringConditionTimer,
maxNumofUEID and etc.
TIMEOUT 10
DIAG_CALL_TIMER After the Diagnosis Call Function is started in ENB and send
Paging message to UE using IMSI and S-TMSI information in
eNB buffer, eNB start diagCallTimer. If eNB receive RRC Con-
nection Request for diagCallTimer, The diag Call Timer is
expired. If eNB doesn't receive RRC Connection Request for
diagCallTimer, the silent alarm is happend.
Command Format
RTRV-FEMTO-MOBIL: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves the Femto Cell Information that includes Femtocell PCI index, phycellId etc for SIB4.
When Making intraFreqNeighCellList in SIB4, use Femto PCI, Qoffset. Femto cell's informa-
tion priority is first than other neighcell information.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-FEMTO-MOBIL: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [FEMTO_PCIINDEX], [USAGE], [PHY_CELL_ID],
[IND_OFFSET], [Q_OFFSET_CELL];
Command Description
Changes the Femto Cell Information that includes Femtocell PCI index, phycellId etc for SIB4.
When Making intraFreqNeighCellList in SIB4, use Femto PCI, Qoffset. That Femto Cell's Infor-
mation priority is first than other neighcell information.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-SRSNBR-CONF: CELL_NUM, SRS_NBR_IDX, [STATUS], [ENB_ID], [TARGET_CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Change SRS configuration of SRS neighbor cell. phyCellId, clusterId, SRS pool index,
groupHopping and sequenceHopping can be changed for each cell.
TIMEOUT 10
ENB_ID The eNB ID of the eNB to which SRS neighbor cell to the eNB
belongs. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value
TARGET_CELL_NUM The local cell ID of SRS neighbor cell to the eNB. It is used
when creating a cell identifier.
Command Format
RTRV-PUCCHCONF-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves PUCCH idle configuration
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM Cell index (number) 0~8 NONE 0
Command Format
CHG-PUCCHCONF-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Changes PUCCH idle configuration
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-ULRESCONF-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieve settings for PUCCH/SRS state
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 8
was executed.
Command Format
CHG-ULRESCONF-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [RESOURCE_TABLE_USAGE], [START_STATE_IDX],
[END_STATE_IDX];
Command Description
Change settings for PUCCH/SRS state
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-TP: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
This command shows Throughput status according to cell of eNB for RLC,MAC DL UL.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number. This value must not 0~8 NONE 0
exceed the maximum number of cells
supported by the system. It is determined
by FA/Sector. For example, if the maxi-
mum capacity provided to the carrier per
system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are
supported.
Command Format
CHG-BAR-PARA: CELL_NUM, BARRING_STATUS_TYPE, [BARRING_SIGNAL_USAGE],
[ACC_PROB_FAC_SIGNAL], [ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_SIGNAL], [BAR_AC11_SIGNAL],
[BAR_AC12_SIGNAL], [BAR_AC13_SIGNAL], [BAR_AC14_SIGNAL], [BAR_AC15_SIGNAL],
[BARRING_DATA_USAGE], [ACC_PROB_FAC_DATA], [ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_DATA],
[BAR_AC11_DATA], [BAR_AC12_DATA], [BAR_AC13_DATA], [BAR_AC14_DATA],
[BAR_AC15_DATA], [ACCESS_BARRING_EMERGENCY_CALL], [BARRING_MMTELVOICE_USAGE],
[ACC_PROB_FAC_MMTELVOICE], [ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_MMTELVOICE],
[BAR_AC11_MMTELVOICE], [BAR_AC12_MMTELVOICE], [BAR_AC13_MMTELVOICE],
[BAR_AC14_MMTELVOICE], [BAR_AC15_MMTELVOICE], [BARRING_MMTELVIDEO_USAGE],
[ACC_PROB_FAC_MMTELVIDEO], [ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_MMTELVIDEO],
[BAR_AC11_MMTELVIDEO], [BAR_AC12_MMTELVIDEO], [BAR_AC13_MMTELVIDEO],
[BAR_AC14_MMTELVIDEO], [BAR_AC15_MMTELVIDEO];
Command Description
Changes the access barring parameters according to the CPU status in the eNB. This command
changes the access barring parameters transmitted to SIB (System Information Block) 2 accord-
ing to the CPU overload state. The UE controls cell access according to the access barring
parameters value at service request.
TIMEOUT 10
ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_DATA Access barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a ran-
dom value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than
accessProbabilityFactor, UE determines that the cell is barred,
and does not establish RRC connection until T305 timer termi-
nates. The expression used to calculate T305 timer value is
(0.7+0.6*rand)*acBarringTime.
the eNB.
- CI_no_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is not used. The
UE can access the cell at service request.
- CI_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is used. The UE con-
trols cell access according to the access barring data parameter
value at service request.
the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred
at barring data.
- False: Not barred.
- True: Barred.
Command Format
RTRV-BAR-PARA: [CELL_NUM], [BARRING_STATUS_TYPE];
Command Description
Retrieves the access barring parameters according to state of the CPU within the eNB. This com-
mand retrieves the access barring parameters transmitted to SIB (System Information Block) 2
according to the CPU overload state. The UE controls cell access according to the access barring
parameters value of SIB2 at service request.
TIMEOUT 10
ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_DATA Access barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a ran-
dom value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than
accessProbabilityFactor, UE determines that the cell is barred,
and does not establish RRC connection until T305 timer termi-
nates. The expression used to calculate T305 timer value is
(0.7+0.6*rand)*acBarringTime.
the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred
at barring data.
- False: Not barred.
- True: Barred.
Command Format
RTRV-QCACQ-PARA: CELL_NUM, [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves the active QoS (Quality of Service) CAC (call admission control) parameter in the
eNB. QoS CAC is performed at the cell level, for QCI of each GBR bearer. Retrieves the thresh-
old by QCI for performing QoS CAC and retrieves the threshold for determining congestion
state of the active cell.
TIMEOUT 10
QCI QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs
defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use
QCI values 0 and 10-255.
UL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_HO The threshold of Uplink Handover calls that can be assigned per
QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a Handover call is
requested. It is calculated as PRB percentage . When a Hando-
ver call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this
parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
Command Format
CHG-QCACQ-PARA: CELL_NUM, QCI, [DL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_NORMAL],
[DL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_HO], [UL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_NORMAL], [UL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_HO],
[UNIT_USAGE_MANUAL];
Command Description
Changes the active QoS (Quality of Service) CAC (call admission control) parameter in the
eNB. QoS CAC is performed at the cell level, for QCI of each GBR bearer. Changes the thresh-
old by QCI for performing QoS CAC and retrieves the threshold for determining congestion
state of the active cell.
TIMEOUT 10
QCI QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs
defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use
QCI values 0 and 10-255.
UL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_HO The threshold of Uplink Handover calls that can be assigned per
QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a Handover call is
requested. It is calculated as PRB percentage . When a Hando-
ver call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this
parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
Command Format
RTRV-CC-UECNT: [CC_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the number of UE that is connected to the Channelcard. This command number of
Active UE of RRC Establishment cause and HO (Handover) is separated by a command to
query.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CC_ID The ID of the channel card (unique within 0~2 NONE 0
the system).
Command Format
RTRV-ENB-INF;
Command Description
Retrieves the basic information of the eNB. The user can retrieve the information whether the
eNB is a macro eNB or a Home eNB, the representative PLMN of the eNB, eNB ID, SCTP port,
and capacity of the backhaul link.
TIMEOUT 10
BH_LINK_CAPACITY Total backhaul link capacity of the eNB (in Kbps, 0-10G,
default 1G).
Command Format
RTRV-RRH-CONF: [CONNECT_BOARD_ID], [CONNECT_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_RRH_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration information of RRH which is a remote RF unit. This information can
be retrieved by entering the board ID, port ID, or cascade ID connected to the RRH according to
the RRH ID scheme. If a board ID is entered but not a port ID and a cascade ID, the configura-
tion information for all RRHs in the board ID is displayed. If a board ID and a port ID are
entered but not a cascade ID, the configuration information for all RRHs in the board ID and port
ID is displayed. The user can retrieve the RRH mounting status in the PLD, the cells supported
by the RRH, the RRH location, the maximum output value and the alarm threshold value.
TIMEOUT 10
CONNECT_PORT_ID The port ID of the channel card connected to the RRH. For
example, if the RRH is connected to channel card port #1,
CONNECT_PORT_ID is 1. The user can enter the
CONNECT_PORT_ID parameter value to retrieve the ID of the
RRH connected to the channel card port.
CASCADE_RRH_ID The cascade ID of the channel card port connected to the RRH.
For example, if the RRH is the first RRH in the cascade connec-
tion, CASCADE_RRH_ID is 0, and if the RRH is the second
RRH in the cascade connection, CASCADE_RRH_ID is 1. The
user can enter the CASCADE_RRH_ID parameter value to
retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the cascade of the
channel card port.
STATUS The mounting status of the RRH in the PLD, which is a remote
RF unit.
- EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and
available in the system.
- N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD
and unavailable in the system.
PSU_STATUS The mounting status in the PLD for the PSU which is a power
supply unit of the RRH.
- EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and
available in the system.
- N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD
and unavailable in the system.
TX_DELAY The Tx time buffer for delay compensation between RRH and
DU.
RX_DELAY The Rx time buffer for delay compensation between RRH and
DU.
OVER_PWR_ALARM_TH The over-power alarm threshold used by the RRH for detecting
over power alarms.
LOW_PWR_ALARM_TH The low power alarm threshold used by the RRH for detecting
low power alarms.
CLOCK_ADVANCE_RPT The clock advance value required by the RIU output line and
the repeater.
VSWR_FAIL_ALARM_THR The VSWR failure alarm threshold used by the RRH for detect-
ing VSWR alarms.
Command Format
CHG-RRH-CONF: CONNECT_BOARD_ID, CONNECT_PORT_ID, CASCADE_RRH_ID, [STATUS],
[BOARD_TYPE], [PSU_STATUS], [USER_LABEL], [LATITUDE], [LONGITUDE], [HEIGHT],
[DL_ANT_AZIMUTH], [DL_ANT_BEAMWIDTH], [TX_ATTEN], [RX_ATTEN], [TX_DELAY],
[RX_DELAY], [OVER_PWR_ALARM_TH], [LOW_PWR_ALARM_TH], [TX_PATH_A], [TX_PATH_B],
[RX_PATH_A], [RX_PATH_B], [CLOCK_ADVANCE_RPT], [VSWR_FAIL_ALARM_THR],
[RSSI_HIGH_ALARM_TH], [RSSI_LOW_ALARM_TH];
Command Description
Changes the RRH grow/degrow and configuration information. The user can enter the
CONNECT_BOARD_ID, CONNECT_PORT_ID, CASCADE_RRH_ID parameter values to
select the RRH to be changed. To manage the PSU connected to the RRH in the system, the user
can use this command to set the PSU_STATUS parameter to EQUIP to grow the PSU.
Reversely, PSU_STATUS can be changed to N_EQUIP to degrow the PSU. The user can name
the RRH in USER_LABEL. The user also can set the latitude, longitude and altitude in LATI-
TUDE, LONGITUDE, and HEIGHT; the downlink antenna azimuth in DL_ANT_AZIMUTH;
the Tx and Rx attenuation values for each path in TX_ATTEN and RX_ATTEN respectively; the
RRH Tx/Rx delay values in TX_DELAY and RX_DELAY; the VSWR alarm, OVER PWR
alarm and LOW PWR alarm thresholds in VSWR_SHUT_ALARM_TH,
OVER_PWR_ALARM_TH, and LOW_PWR_ALARM_TH; the FA information for each path
by toggling TX_PATH_A, TX_PATH_B, TX_PATH_C, TX_PATH_D, RX_PATH_A,
RX_PATH_B, RX_PATH_C, or RX_PATH_D on/off.
TIMEOUT 10
CONNECT_PORT_ID The port ID of the channel card connected to the RRH. For
example, if the RRH is connected to channel card port #1,
CONNECT_PORT_ID is 1. The user can enter the
CONNECT_PORT_ID parameter value to retrieve the ID of the
RRH connected to the channel card port.
CASCADE_RRH_ID The cascade ID of the channel card port connected to the RRH.
For example, if the RRH is the first RRH in the cascade connec-
STATUS The mounting status of the RRH in the PLD, which is a remote
RF unit.
- EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and
available in the system.
- N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD
and unavailable in the system.
PSU_STATUS The mounting status in the PLD for the PSU which is a power
supply unit of the RRH.
- EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and
available in the system.
- N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD
and unavailable in the system.
TX_DELAY The Tx time buffer for delay compensation between RRH and
DU.
RX_DELAY The Rx time buffer for delay compensation between RRH and
DU.
OVER_PWR_ALARM_TH The over-power alarm threshold used by the RRH for detecting
over power alarms.
LOW_PWR_ALARM_TH The low power alarm threshold used by the RRH for detecting
low power alarms.
CLOCK_ADVANCE_RPT The clock advance value required by the RIU output line and
the repeater.
VSWR_FAIL_ALARM_THR The VSWR failure alarm threshold used by the RRH for detect-
ing VSWR alarms.
Command Format
RTRV-DURUPT-CONF: [BOARDID], [PORT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the port configuration information of the channel card (board) by channel card and
port. If a board ID or port ID is not entered, the configuration information for all ports is
retrieved. If a board ID is entered but not a port ID, the configuration information for all ports
within the board ID entered is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
CONNECT_RU_TYPE The type of the RF unit connected to the board ID and port ID.
(Use CONNECT_RRH to retrieve it if the RRH is connected to
the port.)
Command Format
RTRV-SYS-STS;
Command Description
Retrieves the system's operational state. Displays whether the system's operational status is
Enable or Disable and whether calls are assigned (Act), calls cannot be assigned (Busy) or no
calls are assigned (Idle). This command also retrieves the number of calls if the system is in the
Act or Busy state. The number of calls in the Idle state is 0. The system information reflects all
cells.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-STS: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Displays whether the cell's operational status is Enable or Disable and whether calls are assigned
(Act), calls cannot be assigned (Busy) or no calls are assigned (Idle). This command also
retrieves the number of calls if the cell is in the Act or Busy state. The number of calls in the Idle
state is 0.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number. This value must not 0~8 NONE 0
exceed the maximum number of cells
supported by the system. It is determined
by FA/Sector. For example, if the maxi-
mum capacity provided to the carrier per
system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are
supported.
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-DATA: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the data of the cells provided by the system. The user can enter CELL_NUM to select
a cell to be retrieved.The user can retrieve the cell's sectorMode.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number. This value must not 0~8 NONE 0
exceed the maximum number of cells
supported by the system. It is determined
by FA/Sector. For example, if the maxi-
mum capacity provided to the carrier per
system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are
supported.
SECTOR_MODE It is SectorMode
Command Format
RTRV-RDUDA-DATA: [CONNECT_BOARD_ID], [CONNECT_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_ID],
[PORT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieve the Remote Device UDA Configuration.
TIMEOUT 10
STATUS The equip status of input port. The input port can be unequipped
or equipped.
Command Format
CHG-RDUDA-DATA: CONNECT_BOARD_ID, CONNECT_PORT_ID, CASCADE_ID, PORT_ID, [STA-
TUS], [ALARM_NAME], [SEVERITY];
Command Description
Change the Remote Device UDA Configuration.
TIMEOUT 10
STATUS The equip status of input port. The input port can be unequipped
or equipped.
Command Format
RTRV-RDALM-INH: UNIT_TYPE, CONNECT_BD_ID, CONNECT_PORT_ID, CASCADE_ID,
[ALARM_TYPE];
Command Description
Retrieve the remote device alarm inhibition configuration information
TIMEOUT 30
Command Format
CHG-RDALM-INH: [UNIT_TYPE], [CONNECT_BD_ID], [CONNECT_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_ID],
[ALARM_TYPE], INHIBIT_STATUS;
Command Description
Change the remote device alarm inhibition configuration information.
TIMEOUT 30
Command Format
RTRV-RRH-STS: [CONNECT_BOARD_ID], [CONNECT_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_RRH_ID],
[PATH_ID];
Command Description
Retireves the RRH state. This command retrieves where the RRH connected, the operational
state, path state, FW mode, alarm threshold and others.
TIMEOUT 20
TX_DELAY It is TX delay.
RX_DELAY It is RX delay.
TEMP It is temperature.
TX_RF_POWER It is TX RF Power.
Command Format
RTRV-GPS-STS;
Command Description
Retrieves the state information of the GPS. The information retrieved includes the GPS antenna
delay value, electronic frequency control value, FFOM value, hold over state, GPS ID (GPS
identifier), GPS locking state, location (latitude, longitude, altitude), number of satellites traced,
list of satellites traced, TFOM value, and TOD (time of day).
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-S1-STS: [MME_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves the state information of the S1 interface. The S1 interface is responsible for connecting
the MME (mobility management entity) in the center of the system to the eNB. The S1 interface
exchanges signals with the MME to exchange the OAM (operation and management) informa-
tion required for supporting mobility of the UE. This command retrieves the MME ID, SCTP
(Stream Control Transmission Protocol) state, and S1 interface state (S1AP_STATE).
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
MME_INDEX It is index of MME. 0 ~ 15 NONE 0
MME_ID It is ID of MME.
Command Format
RTRV-PRB-USG: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves usage rate of the PRB (physical resource block). The user can retrieve total uplink
usage, usage per QCI (QoS class identifier), and total downlink usage for PRBs of each cell.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-PSU-STS: [CONNECT_BOARD_ID], [CONNECT_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_PSU_ID];
Command Description
Inquire PSU status. The result shows PSU operation state, AC/DC input Voltage/Current value,
temperature, module, battery state and etc.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-X2-STS: [NBR_ENB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves the state information of the X2 interface. The X2 interface is responsible for providing
a direct path of communication with eNBs of other cells in the system. The X2 interface facili-
tates exchange of signals and the load indicator information between eNBs for fast handover and
the information required for self-optimization. This command retrieves the neighbor eNB ID,
SCTP (Stream Control Transmission Protocol) state (SCTP_STATE), and X2 interface state
(IF_STATE).
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
NBR_ENB_INDEX It is index of neighbor eNB. 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
Command Format
RTRV-CCCH-STS: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
This command supports function that confirm Cell's common channel state. Operator can con-
firm following article.
- PBCH's normalcy/abnormality.
- PDCCH's normalcy/abnormality.
- PDCCH USAGE.
-PUCCH USAGE.
-RS DL USAGE
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The Number of the cell on which to 0~8 NONE 0
retrieve common channel state.
UE(%)
Command Format
RTRV-TXPWR-RSLT: TI_ID, [RESULT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the Tx power online test results. It retrieves the results of the Tx power tests performed
by the test schedule added by the CHG-TEST-LIST command. Each test item ID (TI_ID) can
have up to 30 results. Lower the result ID, the more recent the results are. Even when the online
test scheduler is added, if the actual test has not been performed, the result retrieval returns
NO_DATA with NOK processing. The online test results are saved only after the actual test is
executed. If the test is interrupted by PAUSE_ONLINE, for example, the result is not updated.
TIMEOUT 10
RESULT_ID The result ID in which order the Tx power online test result is
saved after the test is executed. The smaller the result ID, the
more recent the result is. (Each ID can have up to 30 results. If
BD_ID The board ID connected to the RRH on which the Tx power test
is to performed. (The eNB system works with the RRH through
the CPRI port of the ECP board.)
PORT_ID The port ID connected to the RRH on which the Tx power test
is to performed. (The eNB system works with the RRH through
the CPRI port of the ECP board.)
DL_PATH_CNT
UL_PATH_CNT
Command Format
TERM-TEST: INVOCATION_ID;
Command Description
Terminates the on-going test in the eNB. Note that this command is not used for terminating
online tests because the CHG-TEST-LIST command can be used for terminating the active
scheduler. MON-TEST can be used for retrieving the active commands and their invocation IDs,
and then the invocation IDs can be used for terminating the active commands.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
INVOCATION_ID The ID assigned when the command is 0 ~ 128 NONE 0
executed in the LSM or the CLI. At the
time the command is executed, the small-
est number among the invocation IDs
managed by the TM is assigned. When
TERM-TEST is performed, the command
for the invocation ID is terminated and the
command termination is notified by the
EMS.
Command Format
TEST-BER: BD_TYPE, BD_ID, PORT_ID, [CASCADE_ID], BD_ID, PORT_ID, BD_ID,
PORT_ID, UNIT_ID, FPGA_ID, [ITERATION], [INTERVAL];
Command Description
Performs the BER (Bit Error Rate) on-demand test on the DU-RU CPRI section. The BER test
checks the error rate by calculating the BIP (Bit Interleaved Parity) at the CPRI port of the chan-
nel card. When the TEST_LB command starts successfully, the user can check the on-demand
test result and the Event notification. The test is performed for the iteration count over the inter-
val time (min) and the error count accumulates until the test is complete.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
TEST-LB: BD_ID, PORT_ID, [CASCADE_ID], TYPE;
Command Description
Performs the on-demand test on DU-PAU loopback. The DU-PAU loopback test transmits pack-
ets from the CPRI port of the channel card to the PAU, receives a response, and compares it
against the packets transmitted to check the optical link for any problems. Before executing the
loopback command, the target cell must be in Lock state. (Loopback cannot be performed when
running services.) The cell state can be retrieved from the 'Cell Management' window in the
LSM. If the cell is in Unlock state, it must be changed to Lock before performing the test. When
the TEST_LB command starts successfully, the user can check the on-demand test result and the
notification in the 'Event' window of the LSM CLI.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
TEST-MODEL: CELL_NUM, MODEL_ID;
Command Description
Performs the conformance test by artificially generating traffic and then measuring output prop-
erties. The DU (DSP) specifies the property items defined in the standard (E-UTRA test models)
for RF property tests and then the RF outputs are tested on the DSP. The model test can be per-
formed or terminated using the following commands:.
-TEST-MODEL: Performs the model test for a specific cell/subcell.
- MON-TEST: Retrieves the state of the on-going test.
- TERM-TEST: Terminates the on-going test.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
TEST-OCNS: CELL_NUM, MODULATION, CELL_LOAD;
Command Description
Sets virtual calls to generate the signals necessary for the eNB's cell planning and wireless envi-
ronment analysis of the forward link. The OCNS (orthogonal channel noise simulator) can be set
or cleared using the following commands:..
-TEST-OCNS: Sets the OCNS for a specific cell/subcell.
- MON-TEST: Retrieves the state of the on-going test.
- TERM-TEST: Terminates the on-going test.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
TEST-OPT-DATA: BD_ID, PORT_ID;
Command Description
Status for the optical link between DU and RU. The optical link information for the first RRH
section on the DU port is obtained by the DU FPGA, and the RRH with the cascade connection
is processed by sending the request message and receiving its response.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
TEST-TXPWR: BD_ID, PORT_ID, CASCADE_ID;
Command Description
Performs the on-demand test on Tx power. T x power test measures the transmission power
strength of the power amplifier unit (PAU). During the Tx power test, the user can test the Tx
path of the PAU by measuring the Tx RF power and the RSSI. The measuring point is the PAU
output line, where the RF power is checked and the normal operation status is reported to the
user. When the command starts successfully, the user can check the on-demand test result and
the notification (NOTIFY TEST RESULT) in the 'Event' tab of the LSM CLI. The test result is
returned as NOK when:.
-The cell tested is in 'Lock' state and the Tx output is off.
- At least one of the operating paths of the PAU is abnormal (The number of operating paths can
be checked by 'PATH_CNT' in result notification).
- The PAU is grown in the configuration but is not operating correctly because it is disconnected
or powered off. If the test result is NOK:.
-Check whether the PAU is correctly connected and powered on.
- Check whether the cell is in 'Unlock' state.
- Check the alarm state of the PAU.
- Check whether the PAU is in the Tx Enable, Tx On or Fa On state.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
TEST-VSWR: BD_ID, PORT_ID, CASCADE_ID;
Command Description
Performs the on-demand test on VSWR. The VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) test measures
return loss at the output line antenna of the PAU (power amplifier unit) RRH. During the VSWR
test, the user can check the matching state of the antenna by measuring the return loss (can be
converted into VSWR) at the final output line of the PAU. During the VSWR test, the return loss
is measured for each path of the PAU and the test results are reported to the user. Since the power
reflected is smaller than the input power, the return loss is always indicated as a negative (-)
value in dB. However, since this is a ratio measurement, the value is normally indicated as an
absolute value. The VSWR test compares the Tx RF power and the RF power reflected off the
antenna. A measurement can be taken only when the Tx RF power is above a certain level.
When the command starts successfully, the user can check the on-demand test result and the
notification (NOTIFY TEST RESULT) in the 'Event' tab of the LSM CLI. The test result is
returned as NOK when:.
-The cell tested is in 'Lock' state and the Tx output is off.
- At least one of the operating paths of the PAU is abnormal. (The number of operating paths can
be checked by 'PATH_CNT' in result notification.).
- The PAU is grown in the configuration but is not operating correctly because it is disconnected
or powered off. If the test result is NOK:.
- Check whether the PAU is correctly connected and powered on.
- Check whether the RF power output is normal. (Check whether the cell is in 'Unlock' state.).
- Check whether the antenna connection is normal.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
CHG-TXPWR-INF: TI_ID, [BOARD_ID], [PORT_ID], [CASCADE_ID];
Command Description
Sets or changes the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the Tx power online test. The test
item ID can set or change the parameter information used as a reference by the Tx power com-
mand. Up to 10 test items can be added.
TIMEOUT 10
PORT_ID The port ID connected to the RRH on which the Tx power test
is to performed. (The eNB system works with the RRH through
Command Format
RTRV-TXPWR-INF: [TI_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the Tx power online test. The test item ID
provides the parameter information used as a reference by the Tx power command. Entering a
TI_ID value displays the information corresponding to TI_ID. If none is entered, information for
all (10) test items is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
TI_ID The ID for identifying the information 0~9 NONE 0
added for Tx Power Online Test. Up to 10
can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed
execution method of the Tx Power Online
Test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in
advance.
PORT_ID The port ID connected to the RRH on which the Tx power test
is to be performed.
Command Format
CHG-ANR-SCHED: CELL_NUM, [ANR_STATE], [DAY], [HOUR], [MINUTE], [PERIOD],
[UE_PROPORTION_UTRAN];
Command Description
Changes the schedule of SON ANR-specific Operation by the cell.
TIMEOUT 10
Command Format
RTRV-ANR-SCHED: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the schedule of SON ANR-specific Operation by the cell.
TIMEOUT 10
Defaul
Parameter Description Range Unit
t
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed. 0~8 NONE 0